Quarterlytics / Industrials / Specialty Business Services / Restore plc

Restore plc

rst.l · LSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker rst.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Specialty Business Services
Employees 2400
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Restore plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Head Office

15/19 Cavendish Place

London, W1G 0QE

T:  020 7409 2420

E: 

info@restoreplc.com

W:  www.restoreplc.com

Restore Records Management

The Databank, Unit 1 Redhill Distribution Centre, 

Salbrook Road, Redhill, Surrey, RH1 5DY

T:  01293 446 270

E:  admin@restore.co.uk

W:  www.restore.co.uk/records

Restore Datashred

Unit Q1, Queen Elizabeth Distribution Centre, 

Purfleet, Essex, RM19 1NA

T:  0800 376 4422

E:  customerhub@restore.co.uk

W:  www.restore.co.uk/datashred

Restore Digital

EDM House, Village Way, 

Bilston, Wolverhampton, 

West Midlands, WV14 0UJ

T:  0333 043 5483

E: 

info@restoredigital.co.uk

W:  www.restore.co.uk/digital

Restore Harrow Green

2 Oriental Road, Silvertown,  

London, E16 2BZ

T:  0345 603 8774

E: 

info@harrowgreen.com

W:  www.harrowgreen.com

Restore Technology

Cardington Point, Telford Way, 

Bedford, MK42 0PQ

T:   01462 813 132

E:   technology@restore.co.uk

W:   www.restore.co.uk/technology

R

e

s

t

o

r

e

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

2

1

Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 2021

 
 
 
 
The UK’s leading provider of integrated digital 
and information management and secure 
lifecycle services. 

Highlights  

Overview
Chair’s Introduction  
Our Business 
Our Approach 
Strong. Expansion 
Our Divisions 

Strategic report
Our Business Model and Strategy 
Chief Executive Officer’s Statement 
Chief Financial Officer’s Statement  
Risk Committee Report  
Environmental, Social and Governance Strategy (ESG) 

Governance
Board of Directors  
Governance Statement  
Audit Committee Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report  
Directors’ Report  
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities  
Independent auditors’ report  

Financial statements
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income  
Consolidated statement of financial position  
Consolidated statement of changes in equity  
Consolidated statement of cash flows  
Notes to the Group financial statements  
Company statement of financial position  
Company statement of changes in equity  
Company statement of cash flows  
Company accounting policies  
Notes to the Company financial statements  

Other information
Notice of Annual General Meeting 
Officers and advisers  
Trading record 
Financial calendar  

Restore plc Annual Report 2021

1

2
5
6
7
9

14
18
24
28
31

44
47
49
52
56
58
59

66
67
68
69
70
99
100
101
102
103

117
122
122
122

For more information please see 
www.restoreplc.com

This report is printed on Revive 100 Offset.

The paper stock is manufactured from 

FSC Recycled 100% post-consumer waste pulp.

It is manufactured in accordance with 

ISO certified standards for environmental, 

quality and energy management and is 

Carbon Balanced.

CBP011524

Designed and printed by Perivan

Highlights 

Restore has delivered an exceptional financial performance for 2021 with strong organic 
growth, transformative acquisitions and increasing demand for our services demonstrating 
the critical nature of the services we provide. 

The Group exits 2021 substantially larger than the pre-pandemic period, with even greater quality and solid 
growth momentum. 

Restore has significant financial capacity and with strong Environmental, Social and Governance credentials, 
the Group is well placed for future growth through organic expansion, strategic acquisitions and margin 
enhancement through efficiency and scale.

+28%
£234.3m

Revenue

+64%
£38.1m

Adjusted profit  
before tax1

+0.0%
1.8x 

Leverage2

+55%
23.2p

Adjusted basic  
earnings per share1

Business and Strategic Highlights

Financial Highlights

 O Revenue up +28% to £234.3 million (2020: £182.7 million) driven 

by:
 O Organic growth +5.0%
 O COVID19 repair +5.6%
 O In year acquisitions +16.4% plus full year effect of prior year 

acquisitions +1.2%

 O Adjusted profit before taxation up +64% to £38.1 million (2020: 
£23.2 million) and operating margin increasing from 18.5% in H1 
to 20.7% in H2

 O Statutory profit before tax up 475% to £23.0 million
 O Strategic acquisitions successfully completed totalling £86.3 
million during 2021, delivering a post synergy ROIC3 of 13.0%
 O Strong Cash conversion4 at 85% with closing net debt at £100.8 

million and leverage of 1.8x

 O New increased debt facility agreed post year end at enhanced 
terms, providing further capacity for continued investment
 O Proposed final dividend of 4.7 pence, taking total dividend for 

2021 to 7.2 pence (2020: nil pence).

 O Good performance across all business units contributing to 
growth, with strong underlying organic growth and eight 
successful acquisitions driving increased scale and capability 
across the Group

 O Exit run rate revenue of £260 million based on Q4, 21% higher 

than pre pandemic levels

 O Restore Digital’s transformative acquisition of EDM in April 2021 
doubles exit run rate revenue to £46 million, enhances capability 
(Cloud, BPO, software) and delivers scale margin benefit
 O Restore Technology completed three strategic acquisitions 
doubling exit run rate revenue to £34 million with strong 
demand and margin momentum building through the year

 O Restore Records Management gained further market share with 
strong organic revenue growth of 5.6%, alongside acquisition 
revenue growth of 5.9% and COVID-19 repair of 4.2%
 O Positive net box growth momentum in line with expectations 

at 1.3% (2020: 0.9%)

 O Property consolidation strategy progressed with new high 
density storage facilities in Heywood and Sittingbourne

 O Restore Datashred continued steady recovery to 84% of pre-
pandemic activity levels by Q4, with significant progress in 
underlying productivity although profit behind 2019 levels

 O Restore Harrow Green activity levels strong throughout the UK 

with a new site in Cambridge addressing the life sciences sector 
and delivering record profitability

 O Development of significant pipeline of further acquisition 
opportunities across the Group to support the ambitious 
growth plans

 O The Group announced its new ESG strategy, ‘Restoring 

our World’ with ambitious targets including our Net Zero 
commitment by 2035.

1   Before amortisation of intangible assets, impairments and exceptional items (reconciled in note 9).
2   Calculated using pre-IFRS16 EBITDA adjusted for share-based payments, including a pro-forma adjustment for acquisitions in line with financial covenants.
3  Calculated using pre-IFRS16 EBITDA adjusted for management’s expectations of post-acquisition synergies, and consideration net of cash plus exceptional costs.
4 

 Calculated using net cash generated from operating activities after capital expenditure and lease payments, but before exceptional items, divided by adjusted operating profit with a 
standard tax rate of 19%,  with an amendment to exclude the impact of the VAT deferral from 2020 to 2021.

1

Restore plc Annual Report 2021Chair’s Introduction
Sharon Baylay-Bell

“Restore is a strong, growing and high 
achieving business and following the 
excellent performance in 2021, we have 
great confidence that our strategic 
growth plan is on track with substantial 
opportunities ahead”.

Introduction

I am pleased to report that Restore achieved an excellent all-round 
performance for 2021 with significant financial growth, substantial 
strategic progress made and further enhancement on the quality 
of the business overall. 

The business is performing well, and I was delighted that the 
Board invited me to take on the role of Chair from Martin Towers 
on his retirement from the Board during October 2021. I would like 
to thank Martin on behalf of the Board and shareholders for his 
significant contribution to the substantial growth of the business 
during his tenure. 

As I look ahead, I am highly confident in Restore’s prospects and 
that our team will continue to transform and evolve the Group and 
the critical services it provides to the organisations we serve. 

2021 has been an important year for the Group with strategic 
development and expansion of the Technology and Digital 
businesses, continued growth in Records Management, solid 
performance in Harrow Green and stabilisation in Datashred as we 
exit the pandemic. With a clear strategy for growth, set out at our 
Capital Markets Day event in November 2021, shareholders should 
be assured that the Group is in good health and well positioned for 
future expansion.

Over the last two years, the pandemic has required an 
extraordinary response from the nation and the team at Restore. 
Our people have shown tremendous resilience and relentless 
commitment to our customers and to one another, maintaining 

full service throughout the disruption of the past two years. I 
feel incredibly proud of the positive response from our front-line 
teams, the supporting functions and our leadership group as they 
navigated the uncertain events of the past two years. I would like 
to thank them for their outstanding contribution on behalf of the 
Board, shareholders and our customers.

2021 Performance

Restore has delivered strong revenue and profit growth in 2021 
with a 28% increase in revenues to £234.3 million and a 64% 
increase in adjusted profit before tax to £38.1 million compared 
with 2020. This growth is from the restoration of revenues 
impacted in 2020 by extensive disruption, through acquisition and 
from underlying organic revenue growth. With a strong exit rate 
from 2021 and an annualised £260 million exit run rate revenue, 
the business is 21% larger when compared to the pre-pandemic 
revenue of £215.6 million in 2019.

Whilst 2021 was subject to further restrictions, particularly in 
the first quarter and at the end of the year with the emergence 
of the Omicron variant, the underlying business environment 
for Restore has been more predictable with the embedding of 
adapted working patterns across the organisations we serve. As a 
result of this high confidence in the performance of the business, 
the Board approved investment in eight acquisitions during the 
course of the year. These acquisitions continued to build the 
Records Management business and have transformed the Digital 
and Technology businesses, more than doubling their scale and 
significantly enhancing our product capability.

2

Restore plc Annual Report 2021OVERVIEWTo support this investment, the Group raised £40 million through 
an equity raise in May and the Board thanks shareholders for their 
support in this over-subscribed offer.

digital services partner, focussed on business process outsourcing, 
digital storage, digital data management and enhanced software 
capabilities.

As a result of the improved profits of the Group and reflecting the 
increase in shares issued, adjusted earnings per share increased 
to 23.2 pence for the year, an increase of 55% compared to 15.0 
pence achieved for 2020.

The Group continues to demonstrate its strong cash generative 
nature and despite the substantial level of investments during 
2021, the closing leverage of 1.8x EBITDA provides plenty of 
capacity to continue to invest in 2022.

Strategic progress

In addition to the strong financial performance for the year, Restore 
has made strategic progress across a number of commercial and 
operational areas adding further depth and capability to the Group.

Records Management continues to grow in scale and is providing 
an excellent platform for extension of the Group’s digital and 
information management services. Over the course of the last year 
the business has won, and is executing, a number of substantial 
client service contracts supporting the increasing requirement to 
extract value from existing and newly created data in both hard 
copy and digital formats. 

The investment in Restore Digital, and its subsequent expansion of 
scale and product lines, is a significant step in the development of 
the business. It is well on its evolutionary journey from high volume 
processor of scanning and digitisation to become a value-add 

The Board and I are also pleased to report on the successful steps 
in executing on the substantial opportunity Charles and the team 
have previously presented in relation to the IT and Technology 
asset lifecycle support sector. Restore Technology reached number 
1 status in this sector during the year with 6% market share and the 
team are successfully driving a fast growth acquisition and organic 
growth strategy.

Management have also been very active in deepening the quality 
of the business. In addition to the continued digitisation of the 
business and internal operational enhancements, the Board was 
pleased to formally launch the Group’s Environmental, Social and 
Governance (‘ESG’) strategy in November 2021. 

The ‘Restoring Our World’ strategy is set out in more detail later in 
this report and can also be found on the Group’s recently updated 
website at www.restoreplc.com. Our management team and the 
Board is fully committed to the balanced objectives set out in the 
strategy and in achieving the headline target to become a Net Zero 
organisation by 2035.

The Board received an unsolicited, non-binding and equity-based 
offer from Marlowe plc during the year. Whilst the Board took 
time to seek external guidance and invested significant resources 
to properly assess the offer, the bid was unanimously rejected 
by the Board. We considered that it fundamentally undervalued 
the Group, lacked strategic rationale or logic and the financial 
consideration proposed, in the form of Marlowe shares, would have 

3

Restore plc Annual Report 2021OVERVIEWChair’s Introduction continued

Dividends

Your Board is recommending a final dividend of 4.7 pence, payable 
on 8 July 2022. This brings the total dividend for the year to 7.2 
pence (2020: nil pence due to pandemic risk mitigation). 

The restoration of the dividend during 2021 is consistent with the 
Boards high degree of confidence in the business and a return to 
its previous progressive dividend policy.  

Sharon Baylay-Bell | Chair

16 March 2022

been a very poor outcome for shareholders. The Board would like 
to thank our shareholders for their overwhelming support of the 
Board in their rejection of this offer.

Health and Safety

During the last quarter of the year the Board engaged a third party 
to perform an independent audit of the Group’s Health and Safety 
environment and to assess progress since the last external audit 
performed in 2019. 

The audit highlighted significant progress in Restore’s Health and 
Safety operating framework and recognised the high priority given 
to Health and Safety matters across the Group’s management. The 
report also highlighted additional areas to focus on, in particular 
more advanced skills training and reporting, and these will be taken 
forward and actioned.

In addition to the development of the Health and Safety structure 
I would extend my gratitude to the health and safety and 
management team for their excellent navigation of the COVID-19 
period and for guiding us in the constant evolution of our safe 
working practices through the whole period.

Finally, I would like to mention the investment we have made in 
our deep-storage mine facilities which I visited with the Board in 
October. Over the course of the last two years the Group has made 
significant investment into enhancing the environmental quality 
of our deep-storage facilities and in 2021 successfully installed 
extensive networking within the mines, creating a safer and more 
productive work environment. 

4

Restore plc Annual Report 2021OVERVIEWOur Business

Restore provides mission critical services enabling organisations to protect, 
manage and utilise their valuable data, information and assets. The Group 
has five businesses organised across two divisions: Digital & Information 
Management and Secure Lifecycle Services. 

Digital & Information Management

Secure Lifecyle Services

Harrow Green

Market 

Position No.2
£485m

Market  
Size

No.1
£320m

No.1
£550m

No.1
No.2
£200m-£210m £350m

Market 
Growth

Market 
Share*

UK Sites

Employees

c.1-2%

22%

56

867

c.4%

15%

11

821

•   Long term physical 

•   Physical to digital 

c.6%

6%

7

361

•   High security IT 
asset erasure

c.0-1%

19%

12

339

c.1%

12%

9

372

•   Secure paper and IP 

•   Office and 

destruction

record storage 
and management 
services

•   Physical/digital data 

hybrid services

•    Heritage asset 

protection

•   Digital tape back up 

services

processing 

•   Cloud storage and 
data management

•   Digital 

transformation 
consultancy 

•   IT decommissioning 

•   Paper recycling and 

and recycling 

resale

•   Technology 

•   Onsite and offsite 

refurbishment and 
resale

capability 

•   Process outsourcing

•   IT asset preparation 

•   Digital mailrooms 

•   Data management 

software

and installation 

•  IT relocation 

commercial 
relocations

•   Short and medium 
term commercial 
asset storage

•   Office and 

light industrial 
decommissioning 
solutions 

Total

Strong and 
improving

£1.9b

c.3%

c.13%

95

2,760

Strategic growth drivers

With a strong track record of profitable and cash generative growth and substantial market share opportunity, Restore’s 
high growth strategy is to grow through compounding organic expansion, strategic acquisition for scale and capability and 
margin enhancement through synergy and efficiency.

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

Medium term goal

Sustained revenue expansion

£172.0m

£195.5m

£215.6m

£182.7m

£234.3m

c.£450m - £500m

Profitable organic growth

+6%

+3.0%

+3.1%

+1.4%

+5.0%

Attractive operating margins

20.2%

21.6%

21.0%

17.4%

19.7%

Consistent EPS Growth

+27%

+12%

+9%

(35%)

+55%

Strong return on invested 
capital**

10.2%

10.0%

11.4%

Strong cash conversion

75%

70%

99%

7.7%

87%

10.1%

85%

h
t

w
o
r
G

y
t
i
l
a
u
Q

4-8+%

>22%

10 - 30%

>11 - 13%

80-90%

Carbon emissions

8,196t

9,000t

Scope 1 & 2 Net Zero by 2035

*Management estimate of market share.
** Calculated as adjusted profit before tax, finance costs, IFRS16 and share-based payments, with a standard tax rate applied, divided by weighted average net debt and equity, excluding 

the impact of IFRS16.

5

Restore plc Annual Report 2021OVERVIEWOur Approach 

Restore enables organisations to focus on their core business, trusting the Group  
to manage their critical data, information and projects securely and efficiently.  
Our scale, expertise and strong values make us a highly trusted partner to both 
public and private sectors. 

Customer focus 

Sustainable approach 

Restore leads the markets it serves. Supporting public 
and private sectors with critical services, income is highly 
predictable, recurring in nature and generates strong 
cashflows.

The business has the best in class accreditation with a 
reputation for providing the sector leading customer 
service, as reflected in excellent trust pilot ratings and high 
retention rates.

Restore has strong environmental, social and governance 
credentials and aims to be a Net Zero organisation by 2035.

The Group’s ‘Restoring our World’ strategy has evolved 
from the long-term good practice of the business and has 
been developed with expert partners with quality assurance 
provided by Planet Mark ™ accreditation. 

Our Planet

Our People

Our Business

National scale

Quality income

The Group has 95 sites across the UK providing 
national scale with local service. 

Revenue Mix

43%
Restore Records 
Management 

16%
Restore Digital 

Recurring profit

e
g
a
t
n
e
c
r
e
P

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

Adhoc

Recurring activities

Long term contracts

Rental / Fixed Income

12%

Restore Technology

13%
Restore Datashred 

16%
Restore Harrow Green 

6

Restore plc Annual Report 2021OVERVIEWStrong

We have predictable, recurring revenues

We provide mission critical services to our customers and this high 
level of reliance was strongly demonstrated through the pandemic 
with resilient income and critical service provider status. With our 
large scale of operations, we deliver services which provide cost 
savings and certainty of supply which drives repeat business. The 
services we provide are vital to our customers’ day-to-day operations 
but cannot be performed effectively in-house.

Consistent with the value placed on our services, the majority of 
revenue is contracted, and recurring in nature. This is particularly 
true of our Records Management business which accounts for 
around 70% of Group operating profit and the 22 million records 
we store for our customers produce consistent, steadily growing 
revenue streams. Our other four business units exhibit high customer 
retention rates and benefit from contracted, recurring revenues.

We have attractive and growing operating margins

Our operating margins are excellent and reliable, averaging 20%, 
with a target to increase this further. The reliability of margins reflects 
rational pricing in our markets, ability to vary the majority of cost in 
line with activity and low capital intensity with the majority of assets 
leased (property and fleet). We are investing strongly in the business 
to evolve the product and services mix which allows us to maintain 
our margin with extra value to the customers. Combining this with 
continued investment in technology, efficiency in managing our 
property estate and increasing scale advantage we see opportunity to 
gradually improve total margins as we grow. 

We are well-invested

We provide full coverage across the UK for all our services with well 
invested facilities and technology. In the last three years we have 
significantly improved the quality and resilience of the operating 
environment and technology which underpins this business while 
remaining within our historic capex envelope. 

We have an ambitious ESG Strategy which underpins 
the whole business

We announced in 2021 our ESG strategy called ‘Restoring our World’. 
This is a comprehensive strategy to improve the environment we 
live in, help our customer deliver on their environmental objectives, 
deliver for the communities and stakeholders and with the utmost 
integrity and governance for an organisation of our scale and mission 
critical services. We have announced bold plans to be Net Zero 
by 2035 and over the coming years we are investing and seeking 
technology partners with the aim of improving this timeline.

We are strongly cash-generative

The business has a track record of strong cash generation. Free 
cash flow conversion is a key operating KPI and we aim to convert 
80% to 100% of profit into cash. The strength and reliability of these 
cashflows provides substantial funding for investment and capacity to 
secure further finance for investment in existing services and for new 
acquisitions to drive scale and added capability. 

Our focus is always cash generative growth and operationally we are 
very disciplined on cash management. We have provided additional 
guidance on the use of exceptionals (overall c.4-5% max of the 
acquisition consideration or lower) because we are focused on the 
total returns on a cash basis in addition to returns based on profit. 

The predictability of our business model, the high quality of our 
customers, the very low levels of bad debt and the addition of 
cash generating businesses through acquisition, gives the Group a 
significant advantage in the sectors in which we operate.

We have delivered consistent growth in earnings  
per share

The Group has an excellent record in sustained growth in adjusted 
earnings per share, increasing from 6.9p in 2011 to 23.2p in 2021. 
With our target to double profit to £150 million EBITDA in the medium 
term this should delivery a material increase in EPS.

We have provided attractive dividends

The Board’s objective is to provide shareholders with a regular 
dividend but cognisant the best value creation is generated by 
investing strongly back in the business. Our dividends have increased 
substantially from 1p per share in 2011 to 7.2p in 2021. 

Revenue (£’m)

Adjusted profit before tax* (£’m)

2018

2019

2020

2021

£195.5m

£215.6m

£182.7m

£234.3m

2018**

2019

2020

2021

£33.5m

£35.6m

£23.2m

£38.1m

*Before amortisation of intangible assets, impairment and exceptional items.
**2018 comparative restated to apply consistent accounting policies.

7

Restore plc Annual Report 2021OVERVIEWExpansion

We hold strong market positions with substantial 
room to grow

In all of the five markets we operate in, we are either the UK market 
leader or the strong number two. Our markets are growing and with 
just 13% share of the total market of £1.9 billion, strong positions in 
presence, scale and high customer satisfaction, we have significant 
room to grow share. All the markets we operate in are either 
highly or extremely fragmented which will underpin many years of 
acquisitions growth for the business. 

The structural drivers of growth below are very positive for the 
business. 

These include:

• 

• 

Secure Storage

Flexible working demands

•  Digitisation

• 

Secure Data destruction and recycling

•  Workplace transformation

• 

Rising technology lifecycle requirements.

We know our market and deliver for customers

We have deep experience and knowledge of the UK’s private 
and public sector working environments. We only focus on ‘B2B’ 
opportunities and understand how to improve efficiency and provide 
low cost solutions for our customers. We know what decision 
makers need and we tailor our services to their requirements. 
We are highly disciplined and deliver excellent levels of service to 
customers, generating strong customer satisfaction and retention.

We have significant opportunity to grow market 
share in all our sectors

We have a medium term target to grow revenues from our current 
run rate of £260 million to £450-500 million through both organic 
growth and acquisitions. 

We have a clear strategy to deliver organic growth

We have a clear strategy to grow organically and faster than the 
market as demonstrated in our results in 2019 and 2021. With an 
overall market growing at c.3% we are focused on driving 4-8+% 
consistently based on a foundation of high customer satisfaction. 
With the scale effect of the business this organic growth delivers 
double earnings growth.

We are clear that each of our business units sells to different 
roles in an organisation, so our focus is to add many more new 
customers to the Group using our market position and in the 
main the sale of one business unit and then on the ‘back of’ 
great customer delivery we look to contract other services. Our 
customers like this approach and actively help us navigate their 
organisations and provide internal references. This approach drives 
strong repeat business and widens the relationship with customers 
which in the main our competition cannot match.

We have a clear strategy to drive acquisition 
growth

We have a strong M&A platform as demonstrated with the 
completion of eight acquisitions in 2021. We have a highly qualified 
team with multiple opportunities in large and highly fragmented 
markets. We are disciplined in the acquisitions with a focus on 
good quality business where we can drive synergies with the 
additional scale and capabilities to the group. We are known as a 
trusted buyer in the markets we operate and known for completing 
deals when we ‘shake hands’ on exclusivity. The acquisitions 
we make are always earnings accretive but also drive returns on 
invested capital (post tax) well in the double digits.

We have over 150 companies on our target list and therefore have 
many years of acquisitive growth in all the businesses we operate in.

Adjusted basic earnings per share* (p)

Dividend per share (p)

2018**

2019

2020

2021

22.5p

23.2p

2018

2019

2.4p

6.0p

15.0p

2020

Nil

23.2p

2021

7.2p

*Before discontinued operations, amortisation of intangible assets, impairment and exceptional items.
**2018 comparative restated to apply consistent accounting policies.

8

Restore plc Annual Report 2021OVERVIEWOur Divisions

Restore provides complex, mission critical services to enable 
organisations to protect, manage and utilise their valuable data, 
information and assets.

Providing a mixture of digital, physical and hybrid solutions, the Group supports 
current and future working practices and is a key partner in supporting business 
transformation.

The Group is highly customer-centric, leads the market in which it operates and 
supports both public and private sectors. The business is centred around two growing 
sectors – information management and security in data and asset handling.

The business has been transformed over the last 3 years and this change is reflected in 
the updated divisional structure and our evolution from Document Management and 
Relocations to Digital and Information Management and Secure Lifecycle Services.

Digital & Information Management

Secure Lifecyle Services

Growth trends

Secure storage

Growth trends

Secure data destruction and recycling

Flexible working demands

Workplace transformation

Digitisation

Rising technology lifecycle requirements

Market size: c.£800m growing at c.3%

Market size: c.£1.1b growing at c.4%

9

Restore plc Annual Report 2021OVERVIEWDigital and Information Management

No.2

UK Market Position

No.1

UK Market Position

£101.4m 
2021 
Revenue

22 million
Boxes under 
management

>860 
Staff 

56
Sites

Accreditations
Cyber Essentials
ISO 9001
14001, 27001

£36.9m
2021  
Revenue

500m
Cloud hosted 
documents

>820
Staff 

11
Sites

Accreditations
ISO 9001, 27001, 
14001, 45001,  
22301, BS10008, 
Cyber Essentials Plus

“National, full service storage and records 
management business with excellent customer 
service fully integrated and delivering long term 
sustained growth”

Restore Records Management is the largest business unit in the Group 
accounting for the majority of operating profit.

With a consistent track record of organic growth and expansion 
through acquisition, Restore Records Management have become 
one the UK’s largest and most trusted providers of fully integrated 
document storage and management services.

Our customer focused staff serve more than 6,000 high quality 
customers across the private and public sectors, providing storage 
and retrieval solutions for hard copy documents, magnetic data 
storage tapes and heritage assets. Around three-quarters of revenue 
is generated from storage fees which provide a predictable and 
consistent income stream together with strong cash generation, 
whilst requiring only modest levels of capital investment to maintain. 

Our commercial proposition is that we can realise significantly lower 
storage and management costs than a customer could achieve through 
application of their own resources and that customer processes can be 
significantly enhanced through utilisation of Restore’s highly accredited 
experience in handling high volumes of physical records.

Operating from 56 locations across the UK, the property estate is 
primarily leasehold and provides a mixture of deep and active storage 
options. The majority of facilities take the form of large, modern 
industrial units, although the business also operates from a number of 
cost effective locations in hardened aircraft shelters and former stone 
mines. The current capacity utilisation is around 89% which provides 
the optimum balance of cost effectiveness and operating efficiency. 

Looking forward, management believe this is a market that can 
continue to grow organically with many customers continuing to 
produce paper documentation as part of their processes with further 
opportunity to secure unvended records that are using valuable office 
space and have yet to be outsourced to the storage marketplace.
The business is well invested and capital requirements are relatively 
low but after a period of fast growth through acquisition, we have the 
opportunity to expand margins through rationalisation, particularly 
consolidation of the property estate, and by achieving further 
operating efficiency through scale.

We have a strong track record of providing customers with local 
service within an organisation that has national scale and can offer a 
number of tailored document management service solutions.

“National digital transformation business focused 
on business critical digital and hybrid information 
management services”

With national presence and scale, Restore Digital provides 
complex digital solutions including high volume processing of 
physical documents into digital images or data, customer process 
transformation, business process outsourcing, digital document 
storage and management solutions.

A high proportion of our revenue is recurring or contracted. 
This includes business process outsourcing, provision of digital 
mailrooms, cloud storage, the annual UK exam scanning season 
and other large long-term projects such as the digitisation of 
health records. 

From this solid platform, the business has built extensive industry 
knowledge and has operational and financial capacity to expand. 

The sector is well established but evolving rapidly. We are at 
the forefront of developing complex customer transformation 
solutions and building new and innovative products for both public 
and private sector organisations. 

We have an excellent reputation for successful delivery of complex 
projects and can quickly scale with customer requirements. 

Operating from 11 sites across the UK, the business is well 
invested but has relatively low investment requirements with the 
majority of cost relating to operational labour, asset leases, IT 
network costs and product investment.

Being part of the wider Restore Group, the opportunity for synergy 
is significant and the business works in partnership with other 
Group businesses to achieve tailored customer solutions. 

As part of a growing market and with an increasing customer 
base, we are well placed to grow organically and through selective 
acquisition for scale or capability.

10

Restore plc Annual Report 2021OVERVIEWSecure Lifecycle Services

No.1

UK Market Position

No.2

UK Market Position

£28.1m
2021  
Revenue

1.4m
Assets  
processed

>360
Staff 

7
Sites

Accreditations
ADISA Certified,  
ISO 9001, 14001,  
27001, 45001,  
National Police  
clearance 

“The UK’s largest, highly accredited full-service IT 
asset recycling and secure disposal business”

Restore Technology is the UK’s largest market leading IT asset 
deployment, management and decommissioning business with 
the highest levels of process and security certification in the 
sector.

Providing full lifecycle management of technology assets, Restore 
Technology is unique in its highly accredited PLC status in the 
sector which is highly fragmented. 

Our products include software imaging, physical installation 
and asset tagging at early stage initiation, through the mid-life 
provision of relocation services, hardware and software upgrades 
and at end of life, fully secure and certificated decommissioning 
solutions through repurposing, recycling or destruction.

With an existing network of 7 processing sites across the UK, 
and the capability to operate onsite or remotely, our technical 
expertise and scale have substantial backing through the Group 
to invest and grow its product breadth and uniquely operate 
effectively with large channel partners and direct customers.

We provide customers with a trusted supply chain of enterprise 
critical importance. The accredited processes provide high 
levels of customer assurance over the significant data risk on 
asset decommissioning. Additionally, with high levels of asset 
repurposing and zero landfill, the business provides a strong 
environmental case for organisations seeking to develop their  
ESG policies.

The market for assurance backed IT lifecycle and decommissioning 
services is increasing rapidly. During 2021, the business has 
doubled in scale and substantially increased its breadth of service 
and scale. The opportunity for substantial growth is clear. 

£30.2m
2021  
Revenue

85,000
Tonnes of paper 
recycled

>330
Staff 

12
Sites

4.6/5
Trust pilot 

“Trusted paper shredding and recycling” 

Restore Datashred is a highly accredited and trusted supplier of 
secure paper destruction services, operating with national scale 
but providing local customer service. 

Competing with many smaller or less regulated suppliers, we are 
the most sophisticated operator in this fragmented and under-
optimized recycling market. 

Serving over 32,500 customers across more than 78,000 locations 
from SMEs to large national organisations, excellence in service 
delivery and positive customer experience is reflected in the 4.6/5 
trust pilot rating.

The majority of income is highly contracted and the business 
provides both onsite destruction or secure collection and 
destruction at one of the regionally located processing plants. An 
average of 80,000 tonnes of paper is processed each year which is 
subsequently sold into the recycled pulp market for reuse.

Other competitors in the sector are more reliant on shredded 
paper resale values than us and, as such, the business is more 
resilient and able to take advantage of fluctuations in the highly 
commoditised shredded paper market.

Having grown through acquisition, we are currently number 2 in 
the UK marketplace. The business’s scale is particularly important 
in a sector where the key factor driving profitability is route density 
and operational efficiency. 

As part of a high quality public company environment, the 
business is operated to high standards of control, providing 
customers with a high degree of confidence in governance over 
their confidential waste disposal. 

Looking ahead, as organisations respond to increasing 
environmental obligations and regulation, management believe 
that we have significant opportunity to grow share through 
organic expansion and market consolidation.

11

Restore plc Annual Report 2021OVERVIEWSecure Lifecycle Services

Harrow Green

No.1

UK Market Position

Case Study

£37.7m 
2021  
Revenue

365,000 pa
Desks  
relocated 

>370
Staff 

9
Sites

>130
Fleet size 

“The UK’s No.1 business relocation organisation”

Restore Harrow Green is the UK’s leading commercial relocation 
company, supporting corporate and public sector clients with their 
complex and demanding workspace move projects. 

The business provides a full project management service 
and delivers seamless physical relocation and installation of 
workspace, furnishings, documents and IT equipment so that 
relocated staff simply turn up at their new facility and can operate 
immediately post move.

In addition to the core office moves business, we also provide 
expert relocation services to a number of discrete sectors 
including IT, life sciences and military personnel. 

The expert storage solutions we provide are also highly valued and 
are expanding as organisations seek flexibility.

For many organisations, the additional services we can provide 
simplify a complex logistics challenge. For many clients, legacy 
furniture disposal and access to paper and IT recycling provide useful 
complementary solutions, triggered by a decision to change location. 

With a team of its size of over 370 staff and operating a fleet of 
over 130 vehicles from 9 sites across the UK, we have the size and 
experience to manage significant complexity scale and can flex 
resources to accommodate demanding timetables required by 
clients seeking to minimise downtime.

Customer satisfaction is very high and whilst one-off moves are 
critical, over half of our revenue is generated through incremental 
activity and office reconfigurations from existing customers who 
typically develop a close and long term partnership with us.

We are particularly strong in London and have the opportunity to 
grow regionally. Additionally, there is potential to enter into further 
channels that require a high level of competence in moving assets 
including museums and the health sector. 

Importantly, we also play a key role in introducing new customers 
to other Group businesses as a physical move is often a trigger for 
housekeeping or business process development where the Group 
is well placed to provide additional services.

Providing complex technology asset 
solutions to the NHS

Healthcare Computing is a specialist provider of NHS IT 

infrastructure and support services, supporting the NHS to 

improve digital maturity and patient care. With over 20 years 

of experience, they work in partnership with their customers 

providing specialist NHS IT Services and Solutions to GP 

practices, CCGs, CSUs & local health economies to develop their 

digital maturity, enabling collaborative working, efficiencies and 

reduced costs, through shared IT infrastructure and systems.

Restore Technology has been working with Healthcare 

Computing for five years. Beginning with technology end of 

life services such as sustainable IT asset recycle and secure 

data erasure the relationship has since expanded across the full 

technology lifecycle. An example of this is the asset services 

we provide for a large NHS Trust in London. These assets are 

securely stored, tested, tagged and delivered through our 

secure IT logistics fleet to c.300 sites.

“Restore Technology was adopted as our technology 
recycling partner over five years ago, selected 
when other partners in the industry couldn’t meet 
the increasing demand we had for waste items. It 
quickly became clear that Restore Technology was a 
trustworthy, reliable and adaptable partner, echoing 
much of our own ethos in terms of delivering at pace and 
with a huge emphasis on customer service, both to us as 
a partner and our 700 end-user customer locations.

As Healthcare Computing’s business has grown, Restore 

Technology have been able to provide additional services such 

as warehousing and logistics, enhancing the services we can 

offer our own customers, and strengthening our position as a 

reliable and trusted deployment partner in the healthcare market 

and other expandable markets.” James Wyatt, Programme 

Manager, Healthcare Computing

12

Restore plc Annual Report 2021OVERVIEWSTRATEGIC REPORT

Strategic Report

Restore plc Annual Report 2021

13

Our Business Model and Strategy

Restore is the UK’s leading provider of Digital and Information Management and 
Secure Lifecycle Services.

We manage risk on behalf of our customers, so that they have the peace of mind to be able to focus on their 
core, revenue generating activities.

Our services are mission critical to customer operations and we enable organisations to operate effectively 
with the highest levels of security and agility. In addition our services help customers transform the way they 
operate both in a digital and physical way. With a national presence and full range of services we lead the 
sectors in which we operate.

Digital & Information Management

Secure Lifecyle Services

Store data

Digitise/process 
 data

Erase data &  
recycle IT assets

Securely destroy  
data

Move teams & 
IT assets

Harrow Green

Restore plc Annual Report 2021

262822 Restore RA 2021_pp001-pp045.indd   14

262822 Restore RA 2021_pp001-pp045.indd   14

14

24/03/2022   12:34

24/03/2022   12:34

STRATEGIC REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORT

Our competitive advantage is based on bringing scale advantage to the markets 
we operate in to drive down costs and investing in our people and technology to 
deliver industry leading customer experience. 

We are focused on cash generative growth from organic growth with existing and new customers to the group. 
We are delivering large acquisitive growth in all markets in which we operate. This creates significant value that 
is shared with our investors and used to fund continued growth.

Our Strategy

The strategy we are driving is based on three core 
elements:

 O Organic Growth – grow faster than the market 
relying on high retention, repeat business and 
cross-selling the wider services of the Group

 O Acquisitions – Our markets have significant 

acquisition opportunities in still largely 
fragmented and in some cases immature markets

 O Margin Expansion – After many years of 

acquisitive growth our cost base is much larger 
giving us further buying power to reduce cost. 
Additionally, there is a significant opportunity in 
real estate rationalisation as we grow further.

nic gro w t h

a
g
r
O

A

c

q

u

i

s

i

t

i

o
n

Engaged
Team

4 or 5
markets

e  i n   c o mplex, m
n n i ng projects
a
s c

ulti y

Customer
Excellence

Incre a s

e

a

Scale

r

High
Retention

Upsell

eg NHS

Project
Project
Creating 
Scanning
Scanning
Stakeholder 
Low Cost
Low Cost
Value
of Sales
of Sales

Incremental
Capability

eg Exams

Property Rationalisation
eg MoD
Manage Risk

Market test cost

Online Sales & Service

M

argin Exp a n s i

n

o

Restore plc Annual Report 2021

15

Our Business Model & Strategy continued

Our business philosophy

Our customers’ needs

We believe in empowering management and operate the Group 
through autonomous business units supported by a small head 
office. This provides customer responsiveness, operational 
excellence and a more profitable cash generative outcome. It 
also ensures the senior executives are focused on the strategic 
direction of the company and driving the acquisitions which are a 
significant part of the growth of the business.

Our key resources and capabilities

 O Provide mission critical services to business and public sector

 O Competitive advantage through our scale, tight cost control,  

UK focus and market knowledge

 O Nationwide coverage providing a one stop shop

 O High levels of customer service driving repeat business

 O Cross-selling other services to customers

 O Leverage Group wide technology investments

 O Highly motivated and skilled team

 O Track record in integrating and improving acquisitions

 O Business model based on positive environmental outcomes.

Restore provide a range of services that required scale, are 
operationally complex and mission-critical. These services 
generate recurring revenues and are highly contracted. We know 
that existing customers are the most important so we invest in 
the operational excellence to drive market leading customers 
satisfaction. This is the foundation for growing our business with 
customers and key to up selling another part of the Group services. 
Through our long established Group wide Customer Relationship 
Management system, we know who the key decision makers are 
within our customers which can be different for each business unit 
and to be able to offer them the other services that we provide.

Our business units benefit from being market leaders in sectors 
where scale generates significant cost effectiveness and enables 
larger national customers to be serviced by a single supplier. In a 
world where data in both a digital and physical form is becoming 
more valuable and subject to increasing regulation the services we 
provide which store, digitise, process, securely destroy and erase 
data are in increasing demand.

29%

Compound Annual 
Growth Rate since 
2011 in revenues

Customer trends and benefits 

Reduce costs 

Transform ways of working

Eliminate data loss 

Security of data

Improved quality & compliance

16

Restore plc Annual Report 2021STRATEGIC REPORTOur customer base

Our acquisition strategy

One of Restore’s greatest assets is our large and high quality 
customer base across both private and public sector.

We develop deep and trusted relationships that encourage up-sell 
within the business unit and cross-sell of complementary services 
from other parts of the Group.

Our businesses benefit from leading market positions today. 
However, we have substantial opportunity to increase our share 
through acquisition for increased scale and to broaden our product 
capability. This strategic approach to acquisition leads to synergy 
realisation, cost advantage, increased customer service and sector 
innovation and strong value creation.

We are very clear that customers like to procure, in the main, 
one service from us at a time but with our excellent customer 
satisfaction and relationships we then introduce the customer 
to other parts of the business to increase the value to them and 
Restore. 

Examples of our market sector penetration include:

FTSE 100 companies

>80%

Top 50 UK accountancy practices

>80%

Top 100 UK legal practices

>90%

Local authorities in England, Wales and Scotland

>70%

UK National Health Trusts

>85%

The synergies we can generate from acquisitions means that we 
can offer the owners of the acquired businesses an attractive 
valuation while achieving a highly attractive return on capital 
for our investors. We have a proven track record in integrating 
acquired businesses and in maintaining and improving service 
levels to our acquired customers who see benefit in now being 
serviced by a company with increased financial strength and 
service excellence.

Acquisitions in the year 

Restore Digital

   EDM  

   Capture All  

Restore Records Management

   EDM 

   1BDM 

30 April 2021 

30 November 2021 

30 April 2021 

15 April 2021 

   The Document Warehouse 

12 October 2021 

Restore Technology

   CDL 

   The Bookyard 

   PRM Green 

Restore Datashred

8 January 2021 

1 March 2021 

9 August 2021 

   PS Managed Solutions 

6 October 2021 

17

Restore plc Annual Report 2021STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT

Chief Executive Officer’s Statement
Charles Bligh

“Our strong organic growth and successful 
strategic acquisitions have delivered an 
outstanding performance with record 
results for 2021. Our team is providing 
a great customer experience and we 
continue to develop our leading positions 
in all our markets. I am confident our 
success will build further in 2022” 

Adjusted earnings per share (p)*

Introduction

7.4

10.5

12.3

15.6

17.9

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Adjusted EPS prior to 2019 excluded IFRS16 and share-based payments

2019

2020

2021

15.0

Dividend per share (p)

2012

1.5

22.4

25.2

27.6

23.2

23.2

1.9

2.4

2.4

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

Nil

2021

3.2

4.0

5.0

6.0

7.2

* Accounting  standard change 2019 to adopt IFRS16 and policy change to charge share-based payments to 
adjusted profit.

I am delighted to report that 2021 was a transformational year for 
the company with record adjusted profit before tax of £38.1 million 
(+64% vs 2020 and +7% vs 2019) and a significant expansion of the 
services we provide to customers which will continue in 2022 as we 
make progress on our ambitious growth strategy. We completed 
eight acquisitions in the year across Records Management, Digital, 
Datashred and Technology which has increased both the scale and 
the capability of these business units in what continue to be high 
growth, mission critical services.

I reported last year that the business showed great resilience in 
the face of the pandemic and that during the second half of 2020 
the business rebounded, quickly regaining momentum after the 
initial impact of the pandemic in Q2. This recovery continued to 
build through 2021, with both underlying growth and bounce back 
effects, despite the significant lockdowns that were imposed in 
Q1 of 2021. The strong bounce back beyond pre-pandemic levels 
demonstrates the resilience of the business and the critical nature 
of the services we provide to our customers despite any social or 
business restrictions posed by COVID-19. 

Health and Safety (H&S) is the number one priority in the Group 
for our employees, suppliers and customers. I am delighted to 
report improving results in all business units throughout the year. 
With the increasing activity in the business a key focus was around 
new employees and their correct H&S induction. We increased the 
number of surveillance audits with encouraging results because 
our focus is to continue to improve our operations and to invest 
strongly in H&S, training, education and drive a culture of H&S first 
in all that we do. 

During the year all business units started to deliver on investments 
in technology and organisational changes which will yield benefits 
in 2022 and beyond. These changes and further investments in 
2022 will transform the digital experience for customers and also 

18

Restore plc Annual Report 2021STRATEGIC REPORT

create significant productivity benefits. In most of the business 
units our portals and customer digital experience are very good, 
but our goal is to have an industry leading experience from 
initial engagement, through the sales process to the day to day 
operational management.

With the increasing activity across the Group, we end the year with 
record number of employees in the business to further expand in 
2022. The end of year employee numbers are 2,760 permanent 
employees with a further 300-400 agency workers which is overall 
an increase of over 25% on pre pandemic levels. I have been 
particularly delighted with the improvement in the leadership 
talent across the group as we invest in leadership cognisant of 
delivering improving profit in the year but also investing heavily in 
talent for the next stage in the scaling of the business. In the top 62 
leaders over 75% are new in role or new to the company through 
hiring or acquisition of businesses and in the Executive Committee 
there have been two new appointments in the year.

We made good progress on our high growth strategy and we have 
further announced ambitious but achievable medium term goals 
to increase our exit run rate revenues from c.£260 million towards 
£450-500 million with EBITDA doubling to over £150 million. This 
will deliver significant shareholder value creation.

Results

I am delighted to report record revenues of £234.3 million which 
is 28% up on 2020 and 9% above pre-pandemic levels. Our profit 
performance is strong with a record adjusted profit before tax of 
£38.1 million, strong operating margin performance across the 
businesses and EBITDA of £74.2 million for the year (+29%). We 
continue to show a disciplined approach to cash management with 
debtor days and aged debt in line with our expectation, net debt 
finishing the year at £100.8 million and a leverage ratio of 1.8x. From 
the Group’s continued high cash generation and with increased 
capacity from our newly expanded bank facility, the Restore Group 
has substantial capacity for further investment growth. 

As well as driving earnings accretive acquisitions our disciplined 
approach demands a strong Return On Invested Capital (ROIC) 
from our investments. With £86.3 million invested in 2021, 
delivering a post-synergy ROIC of 13.0%, the returns from our 
investments are proving to be very strong and well above our cost 
of finance. As the business expands and matures, the scale benefit 
of the investments we are making will substantially enhance the 
ROIC from the business.

Organic revenue growth continues to compound and was 5.0% for 
2021, which is a very good result considering 3-4 months of the year 
were significantly disrupted with lockdowns delaying sales decisions. 
We can see momentum in each of our sectors and strengthening 
levels of cross selling and up-selling opportunity across the Group 
with over 1,200 referrals from one business unit to another.

We continue our focus on cost management and productivity 
across the teams. I am delighted the business units have continued 
to improve operational performance metrics while delivering 
productivity and cost management initiatives. 

The strong financial performance for 2021, and our confidence to 
invest £86.3 million in acquisitions during the year, demonstrates the 
team’s successful progress in delivering our strategy and confirms our 
strong conviction in our potential for substantial growth in the future.

Customers and our markets

The business has transformed over the last 3 years and this change 
is reflected in the divisional structure and our evolution from 
Document Management and Relocation to Digital and Information 
Management and Secure Lifecycle Services.

We currently participate in markets with total size of at least 
£1.9 billion with an overall market share of c.13%. We have either a 
number one or number two position in each market and even with 
these leading positions we have ample room to grow to a 25%+ 
share and towards our initial goal of £450-500 million in revenues.

The market forces which dominate the rate of change and growth 
are 1) Digitisation, 2) Security of Data, 3) Flexible working, and 4) 
Sustainable working. The pandemic is likely to further accelerate 
momentum to these changes which as we have said over the 
last three years (even before the pandemic) are very good trends 
for the growth of Restore. We have embraced and are driving 
these trends and actively evolving our offerings and creating new 
ones with large public and private sector organisations to provide 
commercial benefit, manage risk, address their ESG obligation and 
expand their productivity

One other key change in the markets we could see in the medium 
term as a result of COVID-19 is customer evaluation of the 
providers with whom they deal. 

We prioritised customer responsiveness and experience during the 
last 18 months and in a number of cases invested significant extra 
effort to service those customers. We have also worked hard to 
moderate price rises with cost management; the end result being 
extremely favourable customer feedback and low customer churn 
levels. The same cannot be said for our competitors in various 
business units who either closed offices/service provision or 
responded with in our view with aggressive pricing tactics. 

In the first month of the pandemic, we said very clearly we would 
prioritise 1) Health & Safety, 2) customer experience, and 3) the 
bounce back of the business. Those decisions taken early in 2020 
are very evident in the performance of the business in 2021. I firmly 
believe that with our very strong customer experience, value of our 
services, investment in continual transformation and investment in 
new services we will be the net beneficiary of customers looking to 
establish new long term relationships with our business.

ESG

We announced our new ESG Strategy in Q4 2021 called ‘Restoring 
our World’. We have taken the time to understand what matters 
to all stakeholders in the business when developing this strategy 
from shareholders, employees, customers, suppliers and the wider 
community. We have also worked hard to ensure we have specific 
targets, actions and timing for this first strategic plan with the aim 
of delivering on these and also looking to improve the timing and 
impact. At Restore we pride ourselves on being extremely customer 
centric and pragmatic with the way we run our business for the 
long term but also brave in transforming the business and using the 
strong financial position of the company to deliver against the plans. 

19

Restore plc Annual Report 2021STRATEGIC REPORT

Chief Executive Officer’s Statement continued

We have set out a bold target to become a Net Zero organisation 
by 2035 which requires real and sustained focus along with 
technology based investments and we are endeavouring to work 
towards even more ambitious achievements. We are also working 
on the next version of the strategy to include more specific plans 
on Waste, Scope 3 emissions and other areas that matter to our 
stakeholders based on feedback from the inaugural strategy and 
plans we have announced.

I can say with absolute certainty, that the whole team at Restore is 
motivated and energised by our commitment to do the best for our 
environment and the communities we live in. We are committed 
to deliver with the highest levels of integrity and governance you 
would expect from a company entrusted with such critical services 
to customers and the broader society in the UK.

Digital and Information Management 
Our Digital and Information Management division comprises Restore 
Records Management and Restore Digital. For 2021 revenue was 
£138.3 million, up £32.2 million on 2020 with operating profit of 
£42.5 million, an increase of £8.5 million on 2020.

Restore Records Management

Restore Records Management growth was substantial during 2021 
with organic revenue growth of 5.6% and total revenue growth 
up 16%. Pricing was increased at ordinary inflation rates with 
total box storage volumes up 11.6%, including organic growth 
at an impressive 1.3% (vs 0.9% in 2020 and 1.9% in 2019). This 
demonstrates that even with various lockdowns and interrupted 
business activity in the wider economy we can grow strongly. 
Three acquisitions in the year of 1BDM, EDM and The Document 
Warehouse (’TDW’) contributed to this overall excellent result. 
Our total box storage volume at the end of 2021 is now 22 million 
boxes which means over the last three years we have increased our 
storage by 2.6 million boxes or 13.3%. 

Storage revenue grew by 5.4% during the year and including activity 
based revenues the total revenue for the year was £101.4 million 
and we end the year with exit run rate revenue of £110 million. 
Although we experienced a strong recovery in activity levels we still 
have a number of customers in the private and public sector that 
are yet to fully recover their delivery and retrievals which will provide 
a positive further tailwind for the business in 2022.

Occupancy rates closed the year at 89% (2020: 94%) with the 
addition of capacity at our new Heywood site of c.1 million 
boxes and capacity in the recently acquired TDW business in 
Sittingbourne. We exited one large site at Transfessa, Paddock 
Wood with a further 4-5 sites planned for consolidation in 2022. 
Over the next 8 years we have a clear plan to reduce the number 
of buildings in the estate by 50% while at the same time ensuring 
increased capacity for the organic and acquisitive growth of the 
business. We will invest in larger and higher density sites as we 
have done in 2021 to drive down our property cost in the region 
of c.25%. We will do this while staying close to our customers to 
ensure excellent service levels with deliveries of records. 

New customer wins included Department for Work & Pensions 
(‘DWP’), a document services project of approximately £10 million 
over 20 months which commenced in June 2021.

As part of the service, 95 employees transferred across to us from 
the previous provider. We had several other significant wins across 
the public sector, including NHS Hospitals, local councils and 
Clinical Commissioning Groups (CCG’s). These entities are a new 
opportunity for us, driven by funding by NHS commissioners to 
move patient notes off site.

Across the private sector we had a 27% increase in new customer 
wins compared to 2020 and our pipeline at the end of 2021 is 7% 
bigger compared to the previous year. We have almost half of our 
2022 new box target already confirmed.

The market trends are very positive for our Records Management 
business. Organisations have been slow to adopt digital workflows 
in the last 20 years and although some companies have rushed 
to implement new digital experiences for customers in the last 12 
months we are still seeing significant growth in physical documents 
for storage. If customers decide to invest in further digitisation of 
their business (which we encourage) then we are well placed to win 
this business because we can deliver both the physical and digital 
service for customers. Flexible working also drives more demand 
for those ‘unvended boxes’ held in customers’ premises. When 
customers move, whether it be downsizing , rightsizing or upsizing 
their business it makes no sense to move boxes to expensive new 
office facilities when we can offer a fast turn around and cheaper 
service compared to in-house provision with additional benefits of 
inventory and asset tracking to provide peace of mind. We estimate 
this un-vended market to be c£50-100 million of revenues per year 
and we experienced 185 new customers in 2021 with un-vended 
boxes demonstrating this growth opportunity. A significant 
customer trend is towards sustainability in the Records Management 
market, this means a focus on energy costs associated with storage 
of boxes. We provide the lowest carbon offering to customers to 
reduce their Scope 3 emissions. It is these trends coupled with our 
excellent customer experience as shown by over 140 Trustpilot 
reviews (4.7 out of 5) that means we win against our competition to 
drive an increase in organic market share.

As demonstrated over the last few years (including during the 
COVID-19 pandemic) our overall strategy in Records Management 
is to drive capacity growth which will deliver significant revenue 
and profit growth. We are delivering consistent organic growth with 
the market drivers described while also focusing on the customer 
experience and reduction in costs. There are substantial acquisition 
opportunities in the market, supported by active discussions with 
over 20 companies of a total number of 110 with whom we have 
continual dialogue.

Restore Digital

Restore Digital helps customers in their digital journey with 
services from Digitisation, Cloud, Consulting, Digital Mailroom 
and Business Process Outsourcing (‘BPO’). Restore Digital 
revenues increased substantially from £18.5 million in 2021 to 
£36.9 million for 2021 with an exit run rate of £46 million. It was a 
transformational year for the business with strong organic growth 
coupled with two acquisitions, the largest being EDM which was 
completed in April 2021 for £62.4 million (24% of the revenues 
fall in the Restore Records Management business with 76% of 
the revenues in Restore Digital). Importantly the capabilities of 
the business have been transformed with the addition of EDM 

20

Restore plc Annual Report 2021which enhanced our position in the all-important Digital Mailroom 
space to be the market leader, and enhanced our Cloud, BPO 
and software assets and capabilities which have been outlined 
as strategic areas of growth over the last 2 years. We operate 
nationally from 11 sites with over 800 employees and provide cloud 
hosting services of c.£6 million in revenues and growing with c.500 
million cloud hosted images.

With this increase in higher margin services and additional scale 
driving efficiencies alongside operational improvement the net margin 
of Restore Digital has improved materially in line with our expectations 
and the strategy that we have outlined over the last 2 years.

We are winning in the market with long term contracts 
demonstrating the critical nature of the services we provide. In 
addition, the sales pipeline at the end of 2021 was significantly 
higher than 2020 (increase of 28%). 

An agreement has been reached between Canon Business Services 
and Restore Digital for Canon to resell Restore’s digitisation 
services to Canon’s extensive client base. With a trend towards 
businesses trying to reduce their supplier base, adding Restore’s 
digitisation services to Canon’s existing portfolio allows Canon to 
offer a full range of document process outsourcing services.

Restore’s service complements Canon’s existing service offering 
allowing Canon to bid for projects requiring the full document 
lifecycle. Services include outsourced digital mailroom, high 
volume archive scanning projects and low volume rapid turnaround 
scanning projects or ‘SimplyScan’.

We were awarded a 3 year contract directly with Monzo bank, 
one of the first online-only challenger banks in the UK. We 
have successfully rolled out a digital inbound and outbound 
omnichannel mailroom, and together we are looking to develop 
this further, including cheque processing and wider electronic 
banking services. 

We signed a contract for 3 years with Dashly, the only 24/7 
Mortgage Evaluation Platform. Restore Digital delivers intelligent 
Capture and Data Perfection services that enable Dashly’s own 
revolutionary technology to evaluate individuals’ mortgages 
against the entire market 24/7 to find the right deal for every 
customer. These services enable mortgage advisers to effortlessly 
onboard their clients and are then alerted whenever Dashly 
identifies an opportunity for them to save money, taking into 
account all fees and early repayment charges.

Over the last 12 months we have made extensive preparations for 
the upcoming delivery of critical elements of the Scottish Census 
on behalf of National Records Scotland and in partnership with APS 
Group we look forward to the start of service delivery at the end 
of February 2022. The services provided illustrate the breadth of 
Restore Digital’s capability, from document digitisation, through 
complex data capture and interpretation and including provision of 
supporting systems.

The long term trends for Restore Digital are very positive with 
customers looking to unlock the information in physical records to 
support a digital transformation. We can help customers with both 
of these challenges and so provide a one stop shop for customers 
who want to simplify what are difficult changes for them. Changes 

in the workplace are favourable with services like Digital Mailroom 
which remove the need for customers to have onsite mailroom 
employees and this also enhances their ability to change their 
property portfolios. Hybrid working increases the need to be more 
digital and we offer a complete physical to digital service and with 
our consulting, cloud and software assets we help customers in 
this journey. The services we provide come with attractive financial 
profiles for Restore comprising a mixture of project and multi year 
subscriptions revenues.

Our strategy is to continue to grow aggressively with a mix of 
organic growth and acquisitions for additional capability and scale. 
The market size is at least £320 million and growing at a minimum 
of 4% and with 15% market share we have significant room to 
grow. After integrating EDM in 2021 and delivering strong organic 
growth the business is ready for an even bigger year in 2022.

Secure Lifecycle Services 
Our Secure Lifecycle Services Division comprises Restore 
Technology, Restore Datashred and Restore Harrow Green. For 
2021 revenue was £96.0 million, up £19.4 million on 2020 with 
operating profit of £11.7 million, an increase of £8.5 million on 2020

Restore Technology

Restore Technology had a transformational year and exits 2021 
with exit run rate revenues of £34 million. This means the revenue 
from this business unit has trebled in size over the last three 
years. Size and scale expansion has also resulted in significantly 
improved margins, with further opportunities still to pursue through 
operational efficiency. Scaling from £15.3 million to £28.1 million, 
this business unit now operates across seven sites, provides truly 
national coverage, employs almost 400 people, serves 18,000 
clients, handles over 1.4 million assets and enjoys the market leading 
position and is the largest UK owned IT Lifecycle Services business.

Three new businesses were acquired in the year. Starting in January 
2021 we purchased Computer Disposals Limited, a scale IT Asset 
Disposals (‘ITAD’) company with national coverage and operational 
strength. We acquired a small business, The Bookyard which 
increased our capability with Apple technologies, and in August 
we acquired PRM Green Technology, another ITAD company with 
operational strength, with significant penetration in the education 
sector. I am delighted with the acquisitions in Restore Technology 
this year. The inorganic growth from these businesses, combined 
with the sales growth delivered by the team has contributed to 
both a strengthening of performance and capability. Our pipeline 
of future acquisitions is exciting and promises continued success 
in this vein, particularly as we consider how expanding capability 
throughout the technology lifecycle will offer yet more value to our 
clients and differentiation of our portfolio. 

In line with our overall growth, 2021 has been a year of success 
with our clients. Organic and inorganic growth combined saw this 
business welcome £9 million of new client opportunities, which is 
a several fold increase YoY, incorporating many prestigious logos. 
Our increasing scale and client base presented an opportunity 
to evolve our sales strategy and coverage model. We increased 
our focus on clients, new and existing, enterprise and SME, direct 
and in partnership with our channel. We intensified our efforts 
around client experience, eCommerce and digital transformation. 

21

Restore plc Annual Report 2021STRATEGIC REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORT

Chief Executive Officer’s Statement continued

Our resilience and agility enabled our clients to rely on us as their 
businesses evolved through 2021, despite the changing landscape 
of COVID-19 restrictions. 

Our brand’s association with trust further strengthened throughout 
2021. Our clients already associate us with the highest levels of 
accreditation and certification, giving them confidence to trust us 
with the responsibility of handling their data ethically and securely. 
Our PlanetMark certification achieved in 2021 underscores our 
commitment to environmental sustainability, a core value of 
our technology business. Trusting Restore Technology with the 
processing of technology ensures assets are always handled 
securely, ethically and sustainably, whether that be for services 
early in the lifecycle such as asset and imaging, services through 
the lifecycle such as upgrading or moving, and services at the end 
of the lifecycle such as reuse, remarketing, or destruction. The 
Restore Technology business is now ‘the’ secure and sustainable 
choice for technology lifecycle services. 

As market dynamics continue to elevate the importance of these 
values, the technology lifecycle market will only continue to grow 
and our opportunity likewise. Technology spend is growing at 
least 6% pa. which in turn drives demand for the need to recycle 
technology assets in a secure and sustainable way. Our ambition 
for growth in this area reflects this growing demand and will see us 
outpace the market. Our exciting medium term goals are to build 
a business with £80-100 million annual revenues with a services 
portfolio designed to serve both our clients and our channel alike, 
across all phases of the technology lifecycle. 2022 promises to be 
another exciting year for this part of our business. 

Restore Datashred

Restore Datashred our secure shredding and paper recycling 
business was impacted in the H1 2021 with the UK wide lockdowns 
and in H2 showed significant improvement in activity levels with 
customers. Revenue increased to £30.2 million (2020: £28.0 
million) with a 9% increase in service visits for the year. Recycled 
paper prices increased during the year. Entering the year, the 
average price per tonne was c £158 and the average for the whole 
year was c.£185, with overall paper volumes on par with 2020 
levels; we expect this volume to materially increase in 2022.

We carefully maintained our position as one of the top online 
search choices for shredding services in the UK. This maximised 
the inbound opportunity and delivered a consistent level of 
ad-hoc destruction requirements across the UK. There were a 
number of key wins across the year with a sizeable new national 
pharmacy customer, operating over 1,400 sites across the UK. 
This opportunity was successfully transitioned, on-boarded and 
operations began servicing at the end of 2021. In addition, the 
sales team on-boarded over 200 new customers into Group. As 
a result of cross selling the team supported some major new 
contracts in Records Management and Digital, where having the 
capability to destroy documents in house, formed a major part of 
the decision criteria.

We have a clear plan to improve operational efficiency whilst 
also improving our customer experience. Our 5-year operational 
strategy is focused on delivering transformation aligned to the 
Group ESG targets: optimising the number of customers we 

service per route per vehicle, ensuring we utilise the right vehicles 
so we match capacity with customers, reviewing our depot 
footprint to make sure we are aligned to our customer density 
and have the optimum destruction capability to service our 
customers’ needs. In addition, over the last 2 years the team has 
focused on optimising our fleet with a mix of different vehicles 
from vans to small and large trucks to fit the profile of the work we 
do (onsite shredding vs offsite) to drive more visits per day and 
overall utilisation. We have also improved the routing of vehicles 
and the operations of our 9 destruction sites and 3 collection sites 
across the UK. With a focus on transformation whilst managing the 
complexities of the pandemic, the team have improved the overall 
structural productivity of the business. With the expected increase 
in volumes across this year, this will generate improved returns 
from this business.

Customer satisfaction was excellent throughout the year with 
positive feedback and a continued strong Trustpilot score of 4.6/5. 
We improved our market leading NPS score from an average across 
FY20 of 70 to 72.5. Service levels into our customer base were also 
maintained above 95%, which in a COVID impacted environment is 
testament to our robust processes and professionalism across our 
operations teams.

Our digital transformation drive continues, with a focus on 
automation to streamline our processes, enhancing our customer 
experience. We launched a new online service, Homeshred for 
consumer home collections during the pandemic and expanded 
the service to now the most comprehensive range in the market. 
We also launched a pilot demonstrating our new automated 
customer reports, to which feedback has been excellent, and it is 
now part of our mainstream business. 

We completed one small acquisition in Q4 2021 which is now fully 
integrated, and we are in early stage discussions with a number of 
companies. We expect over the next 12 months to see increasing 
activity which will help us scale up the business on the stronger 
foundations we have created over the last 18 months.

The paramount concern of our customers is the security of data 
with their shredding service but increasingly the environmental 
impact of the service including carbon emission, waste 
management and the recycling of material is becoming a key 
buying criterium, which is a positive trend for our business. 

Our strategy is to grow the business substantially both organically 
and through acquisitions which increases our scale and investment 
in new technologies to deliver a Net Zero service. I am delighted 
with the progress of the team in the last 2 years. They have 
weathered the uncertainties presented by COVID-19 and continued 
to transform the business such that we are ready for the bounce 
back with significantly improved sales and operational performance 
and a lower cost base to generate good returns for the business as 
activity and scale returns.

Restore Harrow Green

Restore Harrow Green delivered a very strong year despite the 
volatility posed by COVID-19 with customer decision cycles 
changing more than normal. Harrow Green achieved an increase 
in revenues to £37.7 million (2020: £33.3 million) and also delivered 
record profits with very strong cost control across the business.

22

Restore plc Annual Report 2021Outlook

Looking ahead we are seeing increasing demand for our mission 
critical services and coupled with strong cost control and 
acquisitions we expect to deliver further increases in EPS in-line 
with our high growth strategy.

Despite macro uncertainty, we are well positioned for further 
organic growth in 2022 and have an active pipeline of strategic 
acquisitions to further build scale and capability. Inflation is a 
headwind but with strong productivity gains and pricing, we are 
confident in our ability to contain this risk.

In Records Management, we delivered 1.3% organic growth in 
boxes in 2021 and we are determined to improve on this result in 
2022 in line with our guidance of between 1-2% organic volume 
growth, and with price increases on the storage revenue increase 
in 2021.

Our margin expansion strategy over the medium term is very clear, 
and in the shorter term with continued scaling of the business, 
higher margin services and tight cost control, we see a good 
margin expansion opportunity on a business which is much larger.

The financial strength stemming from strong recurring revenues 
and long term contracts coupled with high customer satisfaction 
levels mean we can invest heavily for long term growth while 
delivering in year increases in EPS. We operate in attractive markets 
that are growing and also largely fragmented and so we have 
significant organic and acquisition growth opportunity.

Our medium term goal to increase run rate revenues from 
£260 million to between £450-500 million and double EBITDA of 
£74.2 million today to over £150 million is on track. 

Trading since the start of the year has been in line with the Board’s 
expectations.

Charles Bligh | Chief Executive Officer

16 March 2022

In 2021 we saw a sharp increase in activity levels for quoting of 
work which was up 24% vs 2020 but still lower than 2019 volumes 
as we expected. The increase in opportunities did bring some 
very significant wins throughout the year, with the following 
projects secured: University of Exeter >£800k, University of 
Glasgow >£190k, City of London Police >£350k and Victoria & 
Albert Museum >£200k. Overall the larger scale corporate projects 
have significantly reduced in terms of volume and size however 
we expect this to come back in 2022 and beyond with pent up 
demand. 

We made significant progress in 2021 around our strategic goal in 
increasing our presence in the Life Science market. We opened our 
Cambridge site in Q1 of 2021 with its increased capability supporting 
the Pharmaceutical market. We have significant capability already 
and on the back of this investment we have seen very encouraging 
new wins for major office and laboratory moves along with storage, 
delivery and installations of equipment for OEMs supplying these 
customers. The additional storage capability with this new site has 
meant we have achieved storage revenues of £4.1 million across our 
9 facilities which is 26.5% ahead of 2020 and 36% on 2019. We have 
seen strong long-term demand for this value added service which 
also drives improvement in the margin. We intend to invest further 
in new facilities in 2022 to increase our storage capacity. In 2021 
we were unsuccessful in renewing the DAS contract (Defence 
Accommodation Service) of which we are a sub-contractor (our 
portion is <15% of the overall contract) through Amey. We will have 
at least 3 months of the contract in 2022 and will TUPE the affected 
employees at the end of the contract. 

The strong financial result was underpinned with excellent ‘on the 
day’ execution by the team and continued cost control throughout 
the year. Activity levels in the regions increased strongly which 
offset a more subdued London market which we expect to equalise 
during 2022.

Over the next 12-24 months our expectation is that there will 
be pent up demand for office relocation and reconfiguration. 
A number of companies and public sector organisations delayed 
lease breaks and office changes that had been planned and this 
demand plus the new demand posed by organisations needing 
to move offices with lease breaks will mean a significant wave of 
activity. We have seen in the last two months of 2021 increased 
proposal and quoting activity, although we have seen a slower 
return to activity in January following the latest restrictions. We are 
being cautious with the addition of labour to meet this demand 
and we can flex with our agency workforce as required .

Restore Harrow Green’s strategy is to grow organically and expand 
into new customer segments that value certainty of delivery as 
demonstrated with our Life Sciences investment in Cambridge. 
Although the strategy is focused on organic growth, we will look 
at acquisition opportunities that may present themselves as we 
emerge from COVID-19 to strengthen our regional footprint and 
also key customer segments.

23

Restore plc Annual Report 2021STRATEGIC REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORT

Chief Financial Officer’s Statement
Neil Ritchie

“Restore has delivered strong 
organic growth and a number of 
transformational acquisitions during 
2021. The Group is now significantly 
larger and stronger and is well 
positioned for continued expansion 
in 2022.”

Financial Highlights

Overview

Revenue

Adjusted profit before tax*

Statutory profit before tax

EBITDA* 

Free cashflow**

Net debt (pre IFRS16)

Revenue

2021

2020

2019

2021 v 2020

2021 v 2019

2021
£m

2020
£m

234.3

182.7

38.1

23.0

74.2

24.5

100.8

H2
£m

128.2

93.2

109.4

138%

117%

23.2

4.0

57.4

29.6

66.1

FY
£m

234.3

182.7

215.6

128%

109%

H1
£m

106.1

89.5

106.2

119%

100%

* 

 Stated before amortisation and impairment of intangible assets and 
investments and exceptional items and after the effects of IFRS16.
**   Net cash generated from operating activities after capital expenditure 

and lease payments, but before exceptional items.

Restore has delivered a strong financial performance for 2021 
with record levels of revenue and profit, positive organic 
growth momentum and successful execution of a number of 
transformative acquisitions. 

The Group has delivered clear underlying business expansion and 
successfully completed eight strategically aligned, high quality 
business acquisitions at an investment cost of £86.3 million, net of 
cash acquired, during the year to 31 December 2021. With combined 
annualised revenues of c.£44 million and EBITDA of c.£16 million 
after synergies, these investments are providing strong returns and a 
post synergy ROIC of 13.0%. These investments have increased the 
number of boxes under management in Records Management from 
20 to 22 million boxes, more than doubled the size of both Restore 
Digital and Restore Technology and further enhanced the Group’s 
scale, capability and breadth of products. 

Reflecting this strong financial performance and confidence in 
the Group’s prospects, a final dividend of 4.7 pence per share is 
proposed. Together with the interim dividend of 2.5 pence per 
share, previously declared and paid, the total dividend for the year 
to 31 December 2021 will be 7.2 pence per share (2020: nil pence).

With revenues of £234.3 million for 2021, and an exit run rate of 
£260 million, Restore has substantially increased in scale. With a 
track record of strong cash generation, substantial balance sheet 
capacity and significant opportunity for organic and acquisition 
expansion, the Group is well placed for further growth in 2022.

Restore plc Annual Report 2021

24

STRATEGIC REPORT

Income statement and profit performance

The Group’s revenue for the year ended 31 December 2021 was 
£234.3 million, an increase of 28% over 2020. This strong growth 
reflects a return to largely normal activity levels during 2021 following 
the impact of COVID-19 on 2020 performance, underlying organic 
expansion and the benefit of strategic acquisitions during 2021.

Revenue Bridge

2020 Revenue

COVID-19 repair

Organic growth

Acquisitions in year

Full year effect of prior year acquisitions

2021 Revenue

£m

182.7

10.2

9.2

30.0 

2.2

234.3

As anticipated, 2021 saw a strong recovery from the impact of 
COVID-19 restrictions on 2020 performance with revenues back to 
95% of pre-pandemic levels by the end of Q1 2021. The business 
experienced a steady return of activity and underlying organic 
expansion throughout the year although Restore Datashred was 
slower to recover than other businesses repairing from 62% of pre-
pandemic revenue levels in Q1 2021 to 84% by Q4 2021. 

Organic growth in the year, is estimated at £9.2 million with 
identifiable, organic only effects derived from net box growth, 
normal price increase and net contract wins. This represents an 
organic growth rate of 5% and is in line with strategic objectives as 
set out at the Capital Markets Day in November 2021.

Whilst COVID-19 recovery and organic expansion has been strong, 
a number of headwinds remained in the year with potential to 
repair further in the future. Notably, compared to the pre-pandemic 
period, Restore Datashred revenues were down c.£10 million; 
Restore Digital once again absorbed the cancellation of GCSE and 
A level digital exam scanning at a revenue impact of c.£3 million; 
and certain service income activities were lower in Harrow Green 
(c.£4 million); and Records Management (c.£4 million). 

Acquisitions in the year benefitted revenue by £30.0 million. This 
annualises to £44 million and has driven a substantial increase in 
the scale of the business from revenues of £215.6 million in 2019 
to an exit run rate of £260 million by Q4 2021. The returns on these 
investments have been excellent, achieving a post synergy return 
in capital invested of 13.0%.

In year acquisitions: Post Tax ROIC

24.0%

22.7%

17.1%

16.8%

16.5%

13.4%

12.5%

13.0%

9.8%

10.1%

WACC 
8.9%

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

Avg  
in Yr

Group
2021

The business continued to focus on cost and margin 
improvement during the year with a number of strategic cost 
initiatives underway. Of note, the Group completed fuel supplier 
consolidation in H1, entered into a strategic long-term lease in 
Heywood and acquired a freehold in Sittingbourne to support 
Records Management growth and reduce cost per box through 
increased storage density. In Q4, the business commenced a 
strategic review of fleet suppliers, in light of future ESG goals, 
and started to assess the potential consolidation of security and 
facilities services across the Group.

Using 2019 as a clean comparative, the key cost ratios have 
remained flat through to 2021 with people costs at 43% of revenue 
in 2021 and 2019, and with property lease payments at 8% of 
revenue across the two periods.

As a result of the revenue expansion and productivity 
improvements, the Group’s adjusted profit before tax increased to 
£38.1 million for the year to 31 December 2021 from £23.2 million 
for 2020, an increase of 64%. The operating margins also showed 
positive momentum during 2021, growing from 18.5% in H1 to 
20.7% for H2 to give a full year margin of 19.7% (2020: 17.4%).

The statutory profit before tax for the year to 31 December 2021 
was £23.0 million (2020: £4.0 million). This increase results from 
the positive trading reasons stated previously and the impact of 
non-cash impairments in the prior year totalling £8.6 million.

Adjusted profit items 

Due to the one-off nature of exceptional costs and the non-
cash element of certain charges, the Directors believe that the 
alternative performance measure of an adjusted profit before 
tax and earnings per share provides shareholders and other 
stakeholders with a useful representation of the Group’s underling 
earnings and performance. The adjusting items in arriving at the 
underlying adjusted profit before tax are as follows:

Statutory profit before tax

Adjustments

– Amortisation

– Impairment

– Exceptional costs

Adjusted profit before tax

2021
£m

23.0

10.7

–

4.4

38.1

2020
£m

4.0

8.3

8.6

2.3

23.2

Amortisation has increased as a result of acquisition investment. 
Details of exceptional cost movements are set out below.

Exceptional costs

Restore’s strategy is to grow through organic expansion, strategic 
acquisition and margin enhancement through efficiency and 
scale. To deliver these objectives, costs of a one-off or unusual 
nature may occur and in order to give a suitable representation 
of the underlying earnings of the Group, these costs are shown 
separately. 

25

Restore plc Annual Report 2021Chief Financial Officer’s Statement continued

Exceptional items

Interest cost

Acquisition transaction costs

Acquisition related restructuring costs

Restructuring and redundancy

Other exceptional items

Total

2021
£m

1.2

2.4

–

0.8

4.4

2020
£m

0.1

0.1

1.3

0.8

2.3

Interest on bank loans and overdrafts

Interest on lease liabilities

Amortisation of deferred finance costs

Total

2021
£m

2.6

5.2

0.3

8.1

2020
£m

2.8

5.4

0.3

8.5

Acquisition related transaction costs and restructuring costs have 
increased from £0.2 million in 2020 to £3.6 million in 2021. This 
increase is as a result of the Group’s eight acquisitions during the 
year and represents 4% of the acquisition investment during the 
year, in line with management expectations.

Other exceptional costs in 2021 include legal and advisory costs 
in respect of the unsolicited, non-binding, highly conditional 
approach to the Group by Marlowe plc during the year 
(£0.5 million), and final adjustments to the penalty relating to an 
incident at the Crayford site in 2018 (£0.3 million), with the total 
fine finalised at £0.6 million.

Earnings Per Share (EPS)

Basic adjusted earnings per share are calculated by reference to 
the adjusted profit for the year, less a standard tax charge, to the 
weighted average number of shares in issue during the year. 

The fully diluted adjusted earnings per share are calculated by 
reference of the adjusted profit for the year, less a standard tax 
charge, to the weighted average number of shares in issue and 
options granted over the shares of the Group during the year. 

Basic adjusted earnings per share from 
continuing operations 

2021

2020

23.2p

15.0p

Fully diluted adjusted earnings per share from 
continuing operations 

22.4p

14.6p

Basic earnings per share from continuing 
operations 

8.7p

0.2p

The 55% year on year increase adjusted EPS reflects the 64% 
increase in the Group’s earnings in excess of the 6% increase in the 
weighted average number of shares following the issue of equity in 
support of acquisition activity in May 2021. 

The bank interest cost for 2021 is slightly reduced compared to 
2020 with the average debt balance broadly similar, although 
generally increasing, through 2021.

Non-cash interest cost on the lease liability reflects the application 
of IFRS16 and is slightly reduced from £5.4 million in 2020 to £5.2 
million for 2021 as the liability reduced during the year from £120.7 
million at 31 December 2020 to £117.0 million at 31 December 2021.

Taxation 

The current tax charge for the period is £11.5 million. Following the 
announcement on 3 March 2021 of a change to the UK corporate 
rate to 25% in 2023, which has now been substantively enacted, 
we have re-assessed the deferred tax position of the Group which 
has resulted in an additional non-cash tax charge of £6.2 million 
being recognised in the income statement.

Cash generation and financing

The Group’s cashflow continues to benefit from a high quality, reliable 
customer base with very low levels of bad debt or late payment. 
The free cashflow generation of £24.5 million for 2021 (2020: 
£29.6 million), reflects the continued high profit to cash conversion 
characteristic of the Group and is after a working capital outflow of 
£12.1 million primarily due to absorbing the effect of the expansion 
of working capital in support of the business growth of c.£2 million, 
working capital requirements associated with acquisitions and full 
repayment of c.£8 million of VAT deferred from 2020.

Free cashflow as % of Net Operating Profit After Tax 
(‘NOPAT’)*

99%

87%

75%

70%

85%

Goal 
80-90%

j

*
*
T
A
P
O
N
d
e
t
s
u
d
a
f
o
%
s
a
h
s
a
c
e
e
r
F

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

*  NOPAT calculated as adjusted operating profit with a standard rate of tax applied.
**  Normalised for year to year effect of VAT deferral.

26

Restore plc Annual Report 2021STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT

During the year, the Group substantially increased the pace of 
business acquisitions and invested £86.3 million, net of cash 
acquired, including deferred consideration. Whilst primarily funded 
from the Group’s debt facilities, the business also raised additional 
capital of £38.1 million, net of issue costs, through an equity 
placing in May 2021.

The Group continues to have significant headroom within its 
borrowing facilities with the current Revolving Credit Facility (RCF), 
which runs to April 2025, providing borrowing capacity of up to 
£200 million plus a further uncommitted accordion of £50 million, 
leaving the Group with flexibility to invest as opportunities arise. 

31 December  
2018

31 December  
2019

31 December 
2020

31 December  
2021

Net Debt

£111.3m £88.5m £66.1m £100.8m

Leverage*

2.1x

1.6x

1.8x

1.8x

Statement of Financial Position

The Group’s balance sheet continues to be in good health with 
key working capital ratios in line with previous years and further 
expansion of the net assets of the business due to the profitable 
nature of the Group’s activities whilst balancing with returns to 
shareholders.

Working capital**

Total Equity/Net Assets

Net Debt (post IFRS16)

Net Debt (pre IFRS16)

2021
£m

12.8

265.2

217.8

100.8

2020
£m

3.3 

218.6

186.8

66.1

Working capital management remains a strength of the business 
with debt ageing consistent at 51 days and the current asset to 
current liability ratio improving from 1.2x to 1.4x. Total equity has 
increased to £265.2 million (2020: £218.6 million) as a result of the 
annual profit and the equity raise in May 2021. 

The strength of the Statement of Financial Position is indicative of 
the overall good health of the business and provides substantial 
capacity to support future growth and investment requirements.

Neil Ritchie | Chief Financial Officer

16 March 2022

* 

 Leverage is calculated as the ratio of pre-IFRS16 EBITDA to pre-IFRS16 net 
debt in line with banking covenant definitions, using non IFRS16 definition 
of debt and EBITDA, and a pro-forma EBITDA adjustment for acquisitions.
**  Trade and other receivables plus inventory less trade and other payables.

Case Study

Dashly Ltd digitises mortgage offer 
data extraction with Restore Digital 

Founded in 2018, Dashly is a mortgage comparison and 

switching platform that helps brokers save money for their 

clients. Their platform uses artificial intelligence, big data and 

open banking-powered technology to scour the entire mortgage 

market, tracking and comparing various lender deals against 

clients’ existing mortgages to identify savings.  

Specific metadata from a client’s mortgage offer is required for 

the Dashly platform to operate. Dashly required an innovative 

partner to develop a scalable solution that can grow as Dashly 

gains market share. Using emerging technologies, Dashly 

needed a partner that could combine the very latest data 

capture technology, industry knowledge and innovation to 

streamline their business processes and improve the turnaround 

time of mortgage offers. 

Restore Digital uses a combination of auto and manual data 

capture technologies to accurately capture the required 

metadata and feed into the Dashly platform. Whilst mortgage 

offers are processed in bulk currently, Restore and Dashly are 

working together on an environment where Dashly will improve 

processing times further by instantly uploading individual offers 

without waiting for batch processing. Through the solution, 

Dashly process mortgage offers and expects this to grow to 

50,000 each month as the market remains strong.

Ross Boyd, CEO of Dashly, said: 

“Working with Restore is great - we have a trusted 
partner who really understands what we need to 
achieve and provide us with all the support and 
expertise we need to make our platform processes 
more digitally driven. As our platform is evolving all 
the time, we’ve found Restore really responsive in 
ensuring data accuracy and flow is optimised.”

27

Restore plc Annual Report 2021Risk Committee Report
Sharon Baylay-Bell | Chair of the Risk Committee

Introduction

I am pleased to provide the Risk 
Committee’s annual report for 2021.

The Committee structure was enhanced in early 2021 with an 
update to the risk management framework and a refresh of the 
Committee structure. The Committee consists of a Non-Executive 
Director as Chair, currently myself, the Executive Directors as full 
members, the Group Head of Risk as secretary, and Business Unit 
Managing Directors as standing attendees, subject matter experts 
attend where required to provide deeper insight. 

During the year, the Committee continued to focus on near-
term risk and enhanced its strategic perspective. To do so its 
business and deliberations were considered in the light of three 
complimentary perspectives:

 O Risk within business-as-usual activity

 O Risk as reflected in barriers to meeting strategic objectives

 O Emerging risks identified through horizon scanning and not yet 

apparent in business-as-usual or strategic activity.

Activity

During the year the Committee met four times and considered the 
following items:

Risk

Comment

COVID-19

Health & 
Safety

Property

Information 
Security

Presenting a number of safety, operational and 
financial challenges, the outbreak of the virus and 
subsequent mutated strains has required a careful 
balance between ensuring the safety of our people 
and our customers and maintaining the provision 
of our critical services. The Committee maintained 
broad oversight and is satisfied with the strong 
operational management demonstrated across the 
business which blended safe working environments 
and the continuity of business services.

The Committee were pleased to note the 
continued development and improvement of 
safety culture as evidenced by a recent business-
wide follow-up external audit that builds on their 
findings from the 2019 audit.

A new Group Property Committee has been 
established. The functional areas operate 
under a committee structure and has an active 
programme of maintenance, enhancement, and 
risk mitigation. The Property team presented to 
the Committee a number of items including legal, 
facilities and capex projects.

The Committee noted the appointment of a Group 
IT Director to enable a more holistic approach 
to the provision of secure IT services, enhance 
infrastructure and manage service provision and 
cost. Despite increasing threat levels through 
2021, Restore’s robust IT security environment has 
kept pace with threat evolution.

Business Unit 
Risk Review

A rolling programme of business unit risk reviews 
has been incorporated into the Committee’s 
programme.

Business 
Continuity

The Committee notes the continued development 
of Restore’s business continuity management and 
assessment capabilities.

28

Restore plc Annual Report 2021STRATEGIC REPORTFuture plans 

The Risk Committee will continue to develop its risk management maturity in 2022. Moreover, to support Restore’s Task Force on 
Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) compliance pathway, the risk function and Committee will lead on the development and 
analysis of appropriate climate scenarios. A broad agenda for 2022 is being developed and will include climate change, emerging risks 
and the development of risk appetite.

Key risk assessment

The following provides an overview of the key risks Restore faces. All are regularly reviewed and drive improvement action across the business. 

Risk

Potential Impact

Risk Mitigations

Finance & 
Liquidity

Lack of liquidity driven by lack of 
profitability, failure to meet banking 
covenants or reduced appetite 
from banks to lend impacting the 
continuation of the strategy of the 
Group.

All of the Group’s businesses benefit from high levels of recurring revenues 
leading to strong cash generation and current trading is more than adequate to 
service financial obligations. The Group’s credit facility is provided by a broad and 
supportive banking syndicate with a credit facility up to £200 million in place until 
April 2025 and the business operates well within borrowing covenants. Historically 
the Group has not had any issues in raising capital to fund its acquisition strategy. 
In addition, further mitigating actions are available including cost or capex freezes 
as well as reducing discretionary payments such as dividends.

The Group continues to monitor cyber threats through software, internal 
resource, and independent review. Our ability to recover from primary system 
failure is tested at appropriate intervals with particular attention to business-
critical applications. Business applications and technologies are upgraded, 
patched and maintained in line with vendor recommendation. The Group has 
invested in new networks across all business units providing improved security, 
capacity and significantly increased resilience.

Regular risk assessments and audits are undertaken to ensure risks are mitigated 
as far as is practical. The Group has developed, and through 2022 will implement, 
a phased physical security improvement programme. Moreover, structural 
changes have improved the Group’s ability to monitor its property and facilities 
management portfolio. Insurance cover is maintained over business property  
and covers business interruption.

Business KPI’s are monitored to identify any potential market trends to enable 
appropriate actions to be taken. In the event of a reduction in the storage of 
documents the Group expects to be able to manage its property portfolio down 
over a period of time in line with the nature of any such reduction. In respect 
of paper pricing, conservative assumptions have been built into the financial 
forecasts and further pricing reductions would not significantly impact the Group.

The Group has a strategy to control overall property cost through consolidation, 
increased density, price increases and enhanced capacity utilisation mitigating 
this risk.

Systems, 
technology and 
cyber attack 
risk

Financial and operational impact 
of a loss of systems or operational 
data in one or more of the Group’s 
operations impacting day to day 
services.

Damage or loss of access to 
business property through fire, 
flood, terrorism, loss of power or 
services.

Material change to business 
dynamics such as a shift in the 
document storage market which 
results in a reduction in the volume 
of documents stored. The Group 
is subject to potential volatility of 
recycled paper pricing in Restore 
Datashred.

Due to the continued headwind 
of rising rents and the rating 
revaluation property costs are rising 
significantly across all business 
units which could have a significant 
impact on the Group.

Business 
Property

Market 
Changes

Material 
increase in 
UK business 
property costs

HR and 
succession 
planning

Loss of 
confidential 
customer 
records

Lack of succession planning across 
the Group for any potential key 
management positions.

We now have a robust senior management talent planning process in place which 
includes succession planning. All senior roles have been risk rated with plans 
under development for those identified as high or medium risk.

Potential financial and reputational 
impact of a loss of customer 
records/data.

The Group’s Data Protection Officer is responsible for ensuring and assuring 
compliance with UK GDPR and other privacy requirements. Staff are aware of 
the importance of protection personal information and processes have been 
designed with privacy as a guiding principle. All of the Group’s operations maintain 
accreditations appropriate to the activities undertaken and we maintain adequate 
insurance for such events.

29

Restore plc Annual Report 2021STRATEGIC REPORTRisk Committee Report continued

Risk

Potential Impact

Risk Mitigations

Serious injury 
or death 
through 
workplace 
accidents

As many of the Group’s operations 
involve physical labour, use of 
machinery and transport, there is 
a potential exposure to accidents, 
including RIDDOR incidents.

The Group operates an effective Safety & Wellbeing Committee and has well 
established and continually improving health and safety risk assessment 
processes and incident reporting procedures. Safety training has been reviewed 
and simplified, and there is increased dialogue with colleagues around safety-
related issues. Creating a strong health and safety culture will help to drive down 
incident rates, increases colleague productivity and wellbeing and ultimately 
improves margins.

UK or Global 
health crisis

Worsening of the COVID-19 
pandemic or a new global health 
crisis might impact economic 
activity levels or restrict the Group’s 
ability to perform its services.

The Group’s Head of Risk oversees the Company’s risk analysis process and 
provides observations on emerging public health risks to the Board through the 
Risk Committee. Restore provides a number of critical business and public sector 
services and the Group’s strength and depth in health and safety and underlying 
business agility was central to successful and safe continuity of business 
operations throughout the pandemic.

Unmatched 
changes in 
environmental 
legislation 
/ societal 
attitudes to 
environmental 
impact

Failure to monitor and adapt to 
changing environmental legislation 
across the devolved nations or a 
failure to lead or keep pace with 
societal attitudes to environmental 
impact of business exposes 
Restore’s reputation.

The Group have already a strong track record in reducing environmental impact. 
More than 80% of our power needs are Renewable Energy Guarantees of Origin 
(REGO)-certified, we have established a programme to rotate Fleet towards 
new technology and have declared a challenging net zero carbon target of 2035. 
Importantly Group will also align with and fully report against TCFD requirements 
by the next report. 

One of Restore’s more interesting operating environments is an old central 
ammunition depot at Monkton Farleigh, originally built in 1937. 

Restore have invested in dual-fibre connectivity to link all areas and provide vastly improved communications, 
information flow and environmental monitoring. Monkton Farley is now one of the most connected underground 
sites in Europe.

Restore plc Annual Report 2021

30

STRATEGIC REPORTEnvironmental, Social and Governance Strategy (ESG)

Our commitment 

Restore is fully committed to meeting its obligation to 
limit the impacts of climate change, to meet our duty to 
our local communities and to acting responsibly.

During the year the Board approved the Group’s ambitious 
ESG Strategy ‘Restoring Our World’ and set an ambitious 
goal to become a Net Zero organisation by 2035.

Restore recognises the impact of its operations on the 
environment, its responsibility to the communities it operates 
within and its obligations to its people, suppliers, and other 
invested stakeholders. Importantly, Restore’s provision of critical 
sustainable business services for our customers, supports their 
climate change aspirations and goals.

Restore has developed a broad ESG strategy, ‘Restoring Our World’, 
developed with reference to the United Nation’s Sustainable 
Development Goals and in consultation with internal stakeholders, 
customers, representative shareholders, and other external 
stakeholders. It seeks to reduce the impact of the Group on the 
environment, increase its social contribution and provide ESG 
leadership to the sectors in which it operates.

A critical pillar of the Group’s ESG strategy is a commitment to 
become a Net Zero organisation by 2035. The Group will seek to 
beat this goal, with some business units aiming to be Net Zero 
earlier.

The Group is building on its strong credentials and developing 
a structured and disciplined approach to the delivery of its ESG 
strategy. Our progress will be made transparent with adoption of 
best practice through application of TCFD compliant reporting and 
assured through Planet Mark accreditation. This report is our first 
under this new approach.

Restore plc Annual Report 2021

31

STRATEGIC REPORTESG continued

Restore has engaged external advisors and sought feedback from stakeholders 
to develop a new and comprehensive ESG Strategy which is action oriented with 
measurable KPI’s.

Strategy
Key to our strategy is our appetite to lead our customers, suppliers and competitors towards a secure and sustainable business future. To 
realise this vision, Restore is developing transformational activity within three underpinning focus areas.

Our Strategy

Restoring our World

Our Vision

To be game changers in safely leading businesses to a secure and sustainable future

Focus areas

Our Planet

Our People

Our Business

ESG topics & long-term goals

Business Governance

Climate Action

Health, Safety & Wellbeing

Customer Engagement

Resource Use

Biodiversity

Culture

Community Impact

Enriching Careers

Data Security

Innovation

Partnerships

Diversity & Inclusion

Transparency & Accountability

Yearly targets

Transparency and reporting

Policies

Planet Mark’s relationship with Restore started in 2014 working 
with one of the business units. Now, we are working across the 
entire group and guiding them towards their ambitious net 
zero carbon targets. Our partnership with Restore shows how 
organisations can make year on year carbon reduction business 
as usual and accelerate climate action
Steve Malkin, CEO, PlanetMark

32

Restore plc Annual Report 2021STRATEGIC REPORTOur Planet

Restore recognises and commits to 
the significant challenge posed by the 
climate emergency. 

In order to structure our response, Restore has adopted the Financial 
Stability Board’s Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD) framework to improve and increase reporting of climate-
related financial information. Our report describes our response 
to the climate challenge through the four key pillars of TCFD 
(governance, strategy, risk management, and metrics and targets).

Restore is at an early stage of TCFD analysis but is committed to 
building the scope and depth of this report as the business develops 
its understanding and assessment of the impacts of climate change 
on the Group.

TCFD – Strategy

Restore has developed a comprehensive Environmental, Social and 
Governance strategy, ‘Restoring Our World’, as previously set out in 
this report. The environmental aspects of this strategy are laid out 
in the ‘Our Planet’ section and focused on three key areas: Climate 
Action; Resource Use; and Biodiversity:

Goals

Actions

Climate 
action

Becoming 
a net zero 
organisation by 
2035

 O Fleet electrification from fossil 
to sustainable power (primarily 
electric vehicles (EV)

 O Target 100% renewable energy

Resource 
use

Achieving fully 
sustainable 
operating 
practices

 O Seek opportunities to create 

renewable power.

 O Conversion to 100% renewable 

energy sources across 
operations and fleet

 O Identification of key waste 
driving activity and targets 
in reuse, reduction and / or 
recycling.

Biodiversity Reducing our 
impact on the 
natural world 
and habitats 
across our 
property estate

 O Partnering landlords to reduce 

development impact

 O Providing natural habitats across 

our estate.

 O Partner with suppliers to assess 

their impact.

Restore is fully committed to become a Net Zero organisation by 
2035 (Scope 1 and 2) and to achieve a 50% reduction in Scope 3 
emissions by 2030. A number of projects are underway to achieve 
this objective including a shift to energy from sustainable sources 
and analysis of the property estate and discussions with fleet 
providers to enable electrification of the vehicle fleet.

Planet Mark, a specialist consultancy dedicated to supporting 
organisations in delivering their ESG strategy, provides guidance 
and measurement on strategic progress including the identification 
of key actions, target setting, and measurement and reporting of 
progress. This structured approach provides high quality assurance 
to stakeholders and is recognised in the award of the Planet Mark 
accreditation to all of the Group’s business units.

TCFD – Risk Management

By way of strategic context, Restore’s exposure to direct climate 
risk is assessed as low although the Group is aware of, and active in, 
discussions on the changing political and legislative framework and 
seeks to act as a force for change in support of the positive social 
and environmental forces. 

Central to understanding Restore’s impact on the environment 
and vice versa is understanding the risk threats and opportunities 
presented by a changing climate. Restore is developing an 
enterprise approach to the identification and management of 
risks. Its risk management framework, aligned to ISO3100 and 
The Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway 
Commission (COSO) Enterprise Risk Management (ERM), is 
designed to provide visibility to our Board and management of 
critical risks and risk mitigation strategies.

Restore is not yet in a position to fully report all risks based on deep 
scope scenario analysis, but we have partnered with Planet Mark 
and Rio to develop an initial view during 2021 and will develop this 
analysis through 2022.

The threats and opportunities below are based on subjective 
interpretations of recent publications including the UK 
Meteorological Office UK Climate Projects: Headline Findings 
(Version 3, published July 2021) and IPCC AR5 Synthesis Report*. 
Further detailed analysis will provide a blend of qualitative and 
quantative analysis where today only qualitative analysis exists.

* 

 Climate Change 2014: Synthesis Report. Contribution of Working Groups I, II and III to the Fifth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on 
Climate Change Core Writing Team, R.K. Pachauri and L.A. Meyer (eds.). IPCC, Geneva, Switzerland.

33

Restore plc Annual Report 2021STRATEGIC REPORTESG continued

Our Planet

Restore’s initial risk assessment, across all Restore operations and service delivery activities, has identified the following primary 
environmental threats and opportunities. These will be developed in light of scenario-based analysis when a clearer picture of our 
mitigation strategies will become apparent:

Threats

Our Response

Greater climatic volatility

 O Potential disruption to fleet operations and 

 O Review occupational road risk

increased occupational road risk

 O Strategic property review.

 O Maintenance and damage to property estate from 
extreme winds, rain and temperatures variations

 O More severe risk of flooding affecting transport and 

property 

 O Increased cost of heating and cooling facilities.

Increased pressure on scarce 
resources leading to price 
inflation risk, in particular

Misalignment with rapidly 
changing regulatory 
environment

Availability of skilled 
personnel to support  
“Our Planet” strategy

 O Space and EV charging infrastructure costs

 O Early adoption of EV technologies

 O Land value and impact in rental cost

 O Renewable Energy Guarantees of Origin 

 O Fuel cost increases

 O Sustainable energy cost increases.

(REGO) certified energy sourcing.

 O Negative press reporting

 O Legal and regulatory monitoring.

 O Reputational impact

 O Transition costs.

 O Technical and logistical skills to support EV 

 O Environmental training needs analysis

management

 O Development of an agile recruitment 

 O Skills to improve waste lifecycle management

process.

 O Skills to improve biodiversity across the estate.

Opportunities

Market Leadership

 O Trusted supplier / partner

 O Enhanced reputation / brand.

Our Response

 O Reporting transparency

 O Investor relations

 O Customer experience management.

Environmental Products / 
Services

 O Providing our customers with assured low/no 

 O Assured service delivery with Planet Mark 

carbon services.

accreditation.

Early technology adopter

 O Resource access

 O EV technology development programme 

 O Reduced through-life costs.

established.

34

Restore plc Annual Report 2021STRATEGIC REPORTTCFD - Governance

Our Board and leadership teams recognise that operating 
responsibly, which includes minimising the environmental impact 
of our operations, is fundamental to the long-term value and 
success of Restore. 

The business is committed to making climate awareness and 
climate action “business as usual” throughout the organisation. 
The Board oversees Restore’s core business strategy, provides 
oversight of climate-related issues and risks, and has approved 
the Group’s Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) strategy, 
‘Restoring Our World’.

Section

Our Governance

To deliver the strategy, to meet our climate action targets, and 
manage the associated risks, the Board operates an ESG sub-
Committee, led by the CEO with membership from key ESG 
workstream leaders. Its primary roles are to realise the strategy, 
confirm our compliance with TCFD principles and coordinate 
activity across the business. This influential body is supported by 
further governance and management bodies with either dedicated 
programme deliverables or with ESG monitoring responsibilities, 
as set out below. The Committee will report to the Board at least 
half-yearly.

Board Oversight

Our Board oversees the management of strategic and operational risks using several different levels of review. Each 
of our Board’s standing committees oversees the management of specific risks and opportunities and their Chairs 
regularly update the Board on their activities. The establishment of the standing ESG Committee bolsters the 
Board’s environmental oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities.

Risk Committee
The Risk Committee, which met four times in 2021, oversees Restore’s enterprise risk management program which 
identifies the primary risks to Restore’s business. At least annually, the leadership teams in charge of Restore’s 
business units review with the committee the primary risks associated with their particular business group. 
Environmental and climate-related risks discussed in these reviews include operational and financial risks relating 
to energy management, estate and fleet environmental alignment, maintaining our customer services during 
catastrophic and weather-related events, and possible changes in carbon policy (i.e. laws or regulations that seek to 
mitigate climate change).

ESG Committee
Led by the CEO, the ESG Committee will drive our climate action programme to meet our declared Net Zero 
target of 2035. It will review the climate-related scenario analysis and refine and monitor the key climate-related 
performance indicators used to track our progress to our Net Zero target.

Management 
Oversight

Executive Committee
The Executive Committee meets monthly and drives the operational management of the business. It considers and 
oversees the day-to-day mitigation of climate-related threats and opportunities.

Business Unit Management Teams
Comprised of Executive Directors, Managing Directors and Finance Directors, working with the Executive 
Committee to develop and deliver specific climate actions.

Based on a decentralised model, each business unit Managing Director and their supporting team are responsible 
for the identification and management of those climate-related threats and opportunities specific to their market 
and business footprint. Progress on mitigating these risks and reporting performance towards achieving our 
targets flows up from these teams through monthly updates to the Executive Directors and the Executive and Risk 
Committees where appropriate.

Business Continuity Management Teams
Devolved to each Business Unit, each assesses the protection and support of Restore colleagues, critical 
operations, and infrastructure during emergencies and disasters, including man-made and weather-driven natural 
disasters. Based on market leading tooling, the framework outlines consistent processes, procedures, and 
templates for managing business continuity and disaster recovery.

Our understanding of the impact of the business on the climate, and its impact on business operations, is still developing. It is therefore 
not possible to quantifiably confirm how such impacts have affected our service delivery and financial planning. Looking to the future the 
improvements sought through our ‘Restoring our World’ – ‘Our Planet’ will have service delivery and financial implications which will be set 
out in our reporting. 

35

Restore plc Annual Report 2021STRATEGIC REPORTESG continued

Our Planet

TCFD – Metrics and Targets

Emissions

Our new ESG strategy has at its core challenging targets to meet 
our climate responsibilities:

Net Zero

Net Zero by 2035 across Scope 1 & 2

Reduce 50% Scope 3 by 2030

TCFD

Adoption of best in class impact reporting

Accreditation

Planet Mark accreditation across all 
Business Units

Annual sustainability update

Targets 

To monitor our performance towards these targets we are working 
closely with Planet Mark to build an appropriate baseline on which 
our future environmental performance can be judged. We will also 
set year-on-year targets across a range of environment performance 
indicators to help monitor our progress towards net zero.

In line with best practice, we are pleased to set out our Global 
Green House Gas (GHG) emissions report on the next page. The 
GHG data relates to emissions during the 12-month period from 
1 January to 31 December 2021. The carbon reporting year is fully 
aligned to the financial reporting year covered by the Directors’ 
report. 

As background, the UK saw significant periods of lockdown 
throughout 2020 and into 2021, which suppressed Restore’s 
electricity and gas consumption and fleet usage and distorts the 
underlying emissions produced by the Group when compared to 
more ordinary activity levels. During 2021, activity levels across the 
business increased through the year as restrictions eased and as 
such the report should be read in this context. 

In addition, given the scale of the EDM acquisition, the comparative 
data has been adjusted to reflect the emissions had EDM been part 
of the Restore group for the same post-acquisition period in 2020.

Based on this rebasing of 2020, the total combined emissions 
increased by 8%, whilst revenue over the same period increased 
by 16%. Using the revenue intensity factor, the business reduced 
its overall emissions by 7% to 52.7 tCO2e produced per £1 million 
of revenue generated. As in previous reports, the majority of 
emissions are linked to our fleet usage, which accounts for around 
66%of the Group’s carbon emissions.

Restore continues to take action to seek sustainably sourced 
energy and make strategic steps towards a non-fossil fuelled fleet. 
The Group is proud to report that 90% of Restore’s electricity is 
already supplied through Renewable Energy Guarantees of Origin 
(REGO) backed suppliers and that where Restore does not manage 
that supply directly , for example where a landlord manages power 
supply, the Group is actively negotiated for that energy supply to 
transition.

Our report on the next page looks at emissions after application 
of our REGO sourcing strategy (True Carbon Report) and before 
consideration of the source of supply of energy (Gross Carbon 
Report). However, although the Group also purchases carbon 
offset for fuel consumption, we do not exclude this from our True 
Carbon Report as Restore believes offsets to be a poor form of 
climate action and that the objective is to reduce not offset.

Reported emissions come from consumption of grid supplied 
energy, self generated electricity, grid supplied natural gas, 
company owned and operated transport, privately owned transport 
for business use, LPG and light and heavy goods vehicles. Intensity 
ratio calculations have been calculated based on the average 
number of employees and revenue. The emissions and energy 
usage presented covers the operations of all entities within the 
Group. As the Group only operates in the UK, the statistics show 
the emissions and energy consumption in the UK.

36

Restore plc Annual Report 2021STRATEGIC REPORTTrue Carbon Report

Gross Scope 1, 2 & 3 CO2e (tonnes)

Less sustainably sourced energy (REGO supplied)

Fleet carbon offset

True Carbon Report emissions (tonnes)

Intensity Ratio (Net)

£m Revenue

tCO2e per £m Rev

Avg Headcount

tCO2e per Avg employee

Gross Carbon Report

Global Green House Gas (GHG) Emissions

Total CO2e (tonnes)

Scope 1 CO2e emissions (Tonnes)2

Scope 2 CO2e emissions (Tonnes)3

Scope 3 CO2e emissions (Tonnes)4

Year ended
31 December
2021

Year ended
31 December
2020 
(Rebased)1

Year ended
31 December
2020 
(Reported)

12,341

(3,341)

–

9,000

234

38.5

2,450

3.7

11,470

(3,274)

–

8,196

202

40.6

2,304

3.6

11,039

(3,274)

–

7,765

183

42.4

2,006

3.9

Year ended
31 December
2021

Year ended
31 December
2020 
(Rebased)1

Year ended
31 December
2020 
(Reported)

12,341

8,442

3,706

193

11,470

7,871

3,510

89

11,039

7,675

3,281

83

Energy consumption used to calculate emissions (kWh)5 

52,537,919

46,977,434

45,116,798

Intensity Ratio (Gross)

£m Revenue

tCO2e per £m Rev

Avg Headcount

tCO2e per Avg employee

Energy

234

52.7

2,450

5.0

202

56.8

2,304

5.0

183

60.3

2,006

5.5

The table below provides a breakdown of emissions by fuel type. These are gross values, with Scope 2 reducing to 365 tCO2e once REGO 
sourced is considered

Scope breakdown – tCO2e

Electricity

Natural Gas

Other Fuels

Transport

Gross values

Scope 1

Scope 2

Scope 3

2021

–

468

4

7,970

8,442

20201

–

428

12

7,432

7,871

2021

3,706

–

–

–

20201

3,510

–

–

–

3,706

3,510

2021

20201

–

–

–

193

193

–

–

–

89

89

The Group has made progress in 2021 and continues to focus on carbon emission reduction in absolute terms and on an intensity basis 
towards its stated goal to become a Net Zero organisation by 2035.

1 

2 
3 

4 

5 

 Following the significant acquisition of EDM in April 2021, the 2020 comparatives have been rebased to reflect the emissions generated during the period 
post-acquisition. The energy consumption generated during this period reflects 1,860,636 kwh. The Group completed seven further acquisitions in 2021, 
however these were below the qualifying criteria to warrant restatement, but form part of the overall Group’s 2021 emission.
 Scope 1 (Direct) – Measures which relate to emissions resulting from activities owned or controlled by Restore.
 Scope 2 (Energy indirect) – Emissions are those released into the atmosphere that are associated with Restore’s consumption of purchased electricity, heat, 
steam and cooling. These indirect emissions are a consequence of Restore’s energy use, but occur at sources the Group do not own or control.
 Scope 3 (other direct) – Emissions are a consequence of the Group’s actions that occur at sources Restore does not own or control and are not classed as 
Scope 2 emissions. Examples include business travel by means not owned or controlled by Restore. No other Scope 3 emissions are included in this report.
 Energy consumption data is captured through utility billing meter reads or estimates.

37

Restore plc Annual Report 2021STRATEGIC REPORTESG continued
ESG continued

Our People

At Restore we know that to maintain 
and build upon the great service we 
offer our customers, we must ensure 
that we continue to invest in a safe, 
inclusive and rewarding environment 
for our employees to work in.

We launched Our People strategy (‘A Great Place to Work’) in 
2021 and whilst there is still more to do we’ve delivered against a 
number of key areas to enable people to perform at their best and 
generate a positive culture for all employees.

Our People, focuses on five key themes:

 O Safety and wellbeing

 O Culture

 O Diversity and inclusion

 O Community impact

 O Enriching careers and working life.

Safety and Wellbeing

Health and safety and the wellbeing of our employees, sub-
contractors and customers remains of paramount importance 
to us. Led by our CEO and CFO, Restore remains committed to 
providing a safe working environment. We also recognise that as 
our business grows, we need to continually improve. That’s why 
we are developing our safety and wellbeing strategy – A Safe Place 
to Work – to deliver continuous improvement across our safety 
culture. Our goal is for Restore to always be a safe place to work.

We achieve this through strong governance from Board to site, 
accredited and targeted safety training across the business, 
and the regular engagement of our colleagues on safety related 
matters. A major element of our safety engagement, and a 
significant fulcrum on which we will pivot our safety culture, is 
the rapidly expanding network of safety champions across our 
Business Units.

Along with the physical effects of COVID, the 
pandemic also highlighted the need to support the 
mental health of colleagues isolated from their teams 
and in environments far from conducive for work. 

Over 2021 Restore has invested in a network of in 
excess of 30 mental health first aiders to provide 
support across the business, with plans to increase 
these numbers in the year to come.

Recognising the link between safety and wellbeing, Restore has 
incorporated the governance of wellbeing into its overall safety strategy, 
driven and monitored by our Safety and Wellbeing Committee.

Wellbeing

Restore seeks to support colleagues with their wider wellbeing. 
We provide easy access to a range of wellbeing tools through a 
dedicated Wellbeing Space on our intranet. This includes access 
to our Employee Assistance Programme, which spans financial 
support, legal matters, support and counselling. We also promote 
key wellbeing events throughout the year across the business. 
In addition to these tools, we ensure easy and regular access to 
feedback to management about working life at Restore either 
through our Employee Survey and other feedback forums. 

Restore aims to be a ‘Great Place to Work’ and has developed 
an extensive people strategy to continue to improve colleagues 
experience of their working life, and our wellbeing agenda will be a 
key focus for 2022.

Culture

At the heart of good business is great culture. Building on the 
customer focused ethos alive in Restore today, we are defining 
and refining what our culture will become. Defining our purpose 
is almost complete and will be shared in the coming months, our 
values will follow and be folded across every aspect of our business. 
A central element of building our culture is providing the tools to 
allow our colleagues to communicate, collaborate and feedback.

Last year we launched our Groupwide intranet and provided all of 
our colleagues, including those in operational roles, Microsoft 365 
accounts to do just that. Moreover, we have also launched Yammer 
as a social networking space where colleagues can connect with 
each other to share ideas and create their own communities. 
Significantly, we had the highest response rate on our Groupwide 
employee survey since we launched this in 2019.

We continue to operate a whistleblowing policy across the Group 
that provides employees with guidance on how to raise concerns 
about fraud, security, unethical behaviour, health and safety, 
bullying, discrimination, bribery and corruption, data protection 
and any other matter they feel should be reported.

38

Restore plc Annual Report 2021STRATEGIC REPORTWe were proud to work with National Grid on the donation of 
laptops to underprivileged school children and young adults across 
the UK - a donation of 1000 laptops were distributed to primary 
and secondary schools across the UK, with Restore Technology 
handling the sourcing of laptops, processing, cleaning, testing and 
finally the distribution. 

In addition to supporting these larger events, we also encourage 
our teams to support charities and communities throughout 
the year. We’re proud to be working with a Career Transition 
Partnership to recruit ex-services personnel into the Group, and 
we fundraise across our business for important events such as 
Macmillan Cancer Coffee Morning and the Poppy Appeal. We use 
our internal communications to raise awareness of issues that 
matter to our communities.

Enriching careers and working life

Restore wants to offer people a place to work where they can fulfil 
their highest potential and where they can grow and develop long 
and enriching careers. 

Through 2021 Restore has established a brand-new recruitment 
team to ensure we’re attracting the best talent to work at 
Restore. All of our new colleagues now have access to a bespoke 
onboarding platform to ensure they were fully supported as they 
began their careers at Restore. Furthermore, in the summer our 
new internal vacancies site went live encouraging colleagues to 
move across business units and making it easier to see roles across 
the Group. We also commenced a partnership with one of the UK’s 
leading apprenticeship providers.

We provided training to over 250 colleagues on the new Microsoft 
365 tools as well as launching a Skills and Development Hub 
to provide access to the resources people need to help them 
succeed. We’ll be building on this in 2022. 

We are committed to identifying and addressing any risks of 
Modern Slavery across all parts of our business and supply chain, 
including those of our subcontractors and partners. Our statement 
can be found on our website www.restoreplc.com.

Diversity and inclusion

Restore wants to be a place where every colleague feels they can 
be themselves. The company encourages an inclusive culture 
where everyone is valued for who they are and where difference 
is celebrated, and recognises that diversity drives more creative, 
productive, and successful teams.

Last year we started a company-wide conversation on inclusion 
with our colleagues using our new communication and 
collaboration tools. This culminated in the celebration of National 
Inclusion week and a video of colleagues across the Group talking 
about the importance of inclusion. We launched our Diversity and 
Inclusion community on Yammer, and we celebrated important 
events such as International Women’s Day, Black History Month, 
and Pride, as well as sharing colleague stories showcasing the 
diversity of our people. In last year’s employee survey over 70% of 
our colleagues felt they were able to be themselves at Restore and 
we’ll continue to drive inclusion in 2022.

Community impact

Restore is a national business operating across all regions in the UK. 
It remains committed to being a positive and productive member 
of the local communities it operates in. Restore aims to recruit 
locally, support local businesses and contribute to local charities, 
recognising that what it does has an impact on the lives of not only 
those who work for Restore but those who live locally too.

We’re passionate about a number of charities and causes and put 
our efforts into a range of initiatives over this last year. During the 
Christmas period all the business units contributed towards a large 
provision of groceries and clothing for Crisis, supporting the homeless 
– after procuring our Harrow Green team then supported the huge 
distribution effort to ensure that all donated goods and equipment 
needed for centres were delivered. We supported the charity Cash 
for Kids whose mission is to help improve the lives of disadvantaged 
children in the Greater Manchester area - as well as sponsoring an 
ad on local radio station Hits Radio to help raise money, Restore 
Datashred sent a team to help with wrapping presents ready for 
distribution across the region and then supporting the distribution  
of over £1.1 million worth of gifts to 35,482 children. 

Group diversity as at 31 Dec 2021

40%

60%

Board of  
Directors

33%

66%

Senior 
Management 
Group

33%

66%

Total  
Employees

Restore plc Annual Report 2021

39

STRATEGIC REPORTESG continued
ESG continued

Our Business

Governance at Restore relates to how 
we run the business and the services 
we offer. Restore recognises the impact 
of its operations on the environment, 
its responsibility to the communities 
it operates within and its obligations 
to its people, its suppliers and other 
invested stakeholders. 

At the heart of Restore’s governance is an unwavering commitment 
to transparency, fairness, sustainability and equality delivered 
through our policies, processes, accreditations, and codes. 

Management of the business 

The business is led by a highly qualified and experienced Board 
with sector and specialism relevance drawn from working across 
FTSE 100 and FTSE 250 organisations. The Group has adopted 
the QCA code of conduct and our application of the code to our 
business can be found on www.restoreplc.com. 

In addition to the main Board, the Group operates Audit, 
Remuneration, Nomination and Risk Committees each of which 
is led by a one of our highly qualified Non-Executive Directors. 
Recognising the importance of ESG to the success of our business 
strategy, Restore has elevated its ESG governance and formed a 
Board-subordinate ESG Committee, chaired by the CEO, to lead 
and monitor our ESG programmes.

The strong governance structure extends into the day to day 
running of the business through the highly competent Executive 
Committee comprising the CEO and CFO, Company Secretary, our 
Chief People Officer, each of the business unit Managing Directors, 
and the Director of Corporate Development.

Looking forward, our ESG strategy Restoring Our World seeks 
governance improvements across five areas:

 O Customer engagement is essential to Restore’s business 
strategy. Restore seeks customer feedback through its 
operating processes and actively measures customer 
satisfaction levels through external assessment tools. 
Importantly, this includes investing in reporting and feedback 
portals that provide Restore and its customers with the 
statistical evidence of improving performance

 O Data security is a critical business enabler particularly as Restore 
provides a range of highly secure and highly accredited services 
with assured physical and digital information management. 
Restore continues to maintain its accreditations, its investments 
in systems, practices, and controls across the group, and has 
appointed a Group IT Director to lead our information security 
programmes

 O Innovation – Restore prides itself on being a market leader in 

the sectors in which it operates. Through a thought leadership 
programme #RestoreAnswers, the business conducts annual 
research across our 55,000+ customer base, writes white 
papers, and prepares video content, sharing Restore’s expertise 
with its customers

 O Transparency and accountability underpin Restore’s pursuit 

of the highest standards of corporate responsibility. Restore’s 
commitment to transparent environmental reporting is 
evidenced by our first TCFD- aligned environmental report 
which can be found on pages 33 to 37

 O Partnerships – Restore is working closely with Planet Mark 
to develop strategies to reduce carbon, develop business 
processes and practices and identify a roadmap to outline its 
journey to Net Zero. 

Legal structure, market compliance and assurance 

While the main Board assesses operation of the Group as a whole, 
each Business Unit is operated as a standalone business with its 
own Senior Leadership Team under the direct guidance of the CEO 
and CFO who sit on the business unit boards. 

These business unit boards meet regularly to assess performance 
and develop business strategy across a balanced scorecard of 
management areas. 

The legal structure is maintained to a good standard with high quality 
professional support including KPMG, Field Fisher and Peel Hunt. 

Peel Hunt act as the Groups nominated advisor (Nomad) and guide 
management in ensuring adherence to current, and preparing for 
future, market requirements and best practise. 

Reporting assurance is provided by PwC who act as the Group’s 
auditors with rotation as required in accordance with good practice.

Process accreditation 

Restore is recognised as the sector leader in providing 
secure, highly accredited services to public and private sector 
organisations. 

Delivering consistent high quality is central to our customer 
focused approach and assurance is provided to the Board and 
customers through the extensive Quality and Compliance Team 
who manage process quality to an exceptionally high standard. 

Processes are subject to both internal and external audit and 
our continuous improvement culture ensures our operational 
leadership team are continually enhancing process effectiveness to 
improve quality and efficiency. 

40

Restore plc Annual Report 2021STRATEGIC REPORTDirectors Duties 

The Directors of the Company, as those of all UK companies, must 
act in accordance with a set of general duties. These duties are 
detailed in Section 172 of the UK Companies Act 2006 which is 
summarised as follows: 

Directors of a company must act in the way they consider, in good 
faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the company 
for the benefit of its shareholders as a whole and, in doing so have 
regard (amongst other matters) to: 

 O The likely consequences of any decisions in the long-term

 O The interests of the company’s employees

 O The need to foster the company’s business relationships with 

suppliers, customers and others

 O The impact of the company’s operations on the community and 

environments

 O The desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for 

high standards of business conduct

 O The need to act fairly as between shareholders of the company.

As part of their induction at Restore plc, Directors are briefed on 
their duties and they can access professional advice on these, 
either from the Company Secretary or, if they judge it necessary, 
from an independent adviser. It is important to recognise that in 
a large organisation such as ours, the Directors fulfil their duties 
partly through a governance framework that delegates day-to-day 
decision-making to employees of the Company and details of this 
can be found in our Governance Statement on pages 47 to 48. 

The following paragraphs summarise how the Directors’ fulfil their 
duties: 

 O Risk Management – we provide business-critical services to our 
clients. As we grow, our business and our risk environment also 
become more complex. It is therefore vital that we effectively 
identify, evaluate, manage and mitigate the risks we face, and 
that we continue to evolve our approach to risk management. 

 For details of our principal risks and uncertainties, and how we 
manage our risk environment please see pages 28 to 30. 

 O Our People – the Company is committed to being a responsible 
business. Our behaviour is aligned with the expectations of our 
people, customers, investors, communities and society as a 
whole. People are at the heart of our services. For our business 
to succeed we need to manage our people’s performance and 
develop and bring through talent while ensuring we operate as 
efficiently as possible. 

For further details on our people, please see pages 38 to 39. 

 O Business Relationships – our strategy is based on three core 

elements, organic growth, acquisitions and margin expansion. 
We need to develop and maintain strong customer relationships 
and we value all of our suppliers. 

 The Group has a formal policy in place for new suppliers, 
which includes new suppliers contracting with and agreeing to 
Restore’s terms of business. Existing supplier relationships are 
also periodically reviewed. 

 For further details on how we work with our customers and 
suppliers, please see pages 14 to 17. 

 O Community and Environment – the Company’s approach is to 
use our position of strength to create positive change for the 
people and communities with which we interact. We want to 
leverage our expertise and enable colleagues to support the 
communities around us. 

 For further details on how we interact with communities and 
the environment, please see pages 33 to 39. 

 O Shareholders – the Board is committed to openly engaging 
with our shareholders, as we recognise the importance of 
a continuing effective dialogue, whether with institutional 
investors, private, or employee shareholders. It is important to 
us that shareholders understand our strategy and objectives, so 
these must be explained clearly, feedback heard and any issues 
or questions raised properly considered. 

 For further details on how we engage with our shareholders, 
please see page 48. 

This Strategic Report on pages 14 to 41 was approved by the Board 
of Directors on 16 March 2022 and signed on their behalf by:

Charles Bligh  
Chief Executive Officer

Neil Ritchie  
Chief Financial Officer

16 March 2022

16 March 2022

41

Restore plc Annual Report 2021STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
Case Study

Focus on Digital and Information Management: Digitising Patient Records

Business sector
Healthcare

Organisation
North West NHS Trust

About
NW NHS Trust is one of the largest 
integrated care providers in England, 
serving a population of more than 
600,000 people and offering wider 
community services to more than 
1.2 million. Their priority is to provide 
excellent patient care, which is 
why they looked to transform their 
traditional paper-based records into a 
centralised digital system. 

In Figures

890,000 
number of files 
stored in the trust 
facilities

100 
number of files 
scanned each day 
after five years

2,000 
number of patient 
files scanned per 
day at the start of 
the project

37.9m 
number of pages 
scanned

3 
number of hours 
within urgent 
requests are scanned 
then received by  
the trust

6m 
current 
document 
scanning 
requirement

The challenge

For clinicians to provide the best possible care 
they need quick and easy access to patients’ 
medical records at point of care in order to 
make better diagnoses and ensure optimum 
health outcomes. Digitising these files into 
a single consolidated patient record library 
would give medical staff the instant, accurate 
accessibility they need 

With over 890,000 paper-based records stored 
at five locations with no on-site tracking, 
each location packed to capacity and records 
management staff unable to file new records, 
NW NHS Trust was looking for a partner who 
could seamlessly manage the transition as 
cost-effectively as possible without impacting 
on the quality of patient care at its hospitals 
and community and outreach services.

Uplifting, consolidating and scanning a high 
volume of medical records to a specified 
timescale while also guaranteeing patient data 
protection and upholding quality of patient 
care was critical to the transition.

So how would Restore Records Management 
and Restore Digital tackle the project?

The Restore Experience

The first part of this large-scale project was 
to catalogue, consolidate a set up correct 
management processes and systems. Restore 
worked on site with the NW NHS Trust records 
team to deliver the physical solution which 
included:

•   introducing O-Neil’s tracking software 

system to the Trust’s library, barcoding the 
racking, and cataloguing and barcoding 
all files to O’Neil’s to enable tracking and 
random filing

•   consolidating the library from five locations 

into just one. This was enabled by the 
superior tracking system identifying 
deceased or old records that could be 
moved to secure off-site storage facilities, 
thus freeing up valuable space.

Meanwhile the Restore Digital team put 
together the specification for the second 
part of the project – creating electronic 
patient records. This transformation 
through digitisation included:

•   concluding the physical management 
solutions for the paper-based records 
so that the correct files were ready for 
scanning into a digital format for upload 
on to an electronic Clinical Document 
Management System (DMS)

•   ensuring each digital medical record 
is classified and structured to enable 
easier navigation and retrieval of 
information required – setting up a 
database that ensures governance and 
compliance requirements are strictly 
maintained in line with BS10008

•   managing day forward records by 

scanning and ingesting them into the 
DMS.

The results

•   A centralised electronic system has 
given clinicians and medical staff 
quicker access and transferability of 
patient information, improving the 
speed of decision-making

•   The coordination of care and support 

between health providers has improved, 
giving patients a better experience

•   Staff costs have been reduced with 
savings reinvested into patient care

•   Real estate has been repurposed for 

more productive frontline patient care 
services

•   Data protection has improved with fully 
auditable databases that are GDPR-
compliant.

42

Restore plc Annual Report 2021STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCE

Governance

Restore plc Annual Report 2021

43

Board of Directors

Our key principle is that power and responsibility go hand in hand.  
Our people know what is expected of them and we give them the 
power to make their own decisions.

Sharon Baylay-Bell 
Non-Executive Chair 
Age 53

Charles Bligh
CEO 
Age 54 

Neil Ritchie FCA
CFO 
Age 50 

Charles was appointed CEO of the Group 
in March 2019.

Neil was appointed CFO of the Group in 
October 2019.

Charles has extensive experience in 
creating and maintaining high growth 
businesses, gained through his eight 
years as Chief Operating Officer and 
Board Director at TalkTalk Telecom Group, 
and 20 years at IBM Corporation, where 
he was most recently Vice President, 
Commercial Sector in UK and Ireland. 

Charles is a seasoned business leader 
with a strong track record in leading 
organisations and providing strategic 
guidance. Charles has a strong reputation 
for building high performing teams, which 
allow businesses to grow at pace.

Charles is also a Non-Executive Director 
of RM plc, providing digital assessment 
and data solutions for the world’s leading 
awarding organisations, educational 
institutions and governments.

Neil is a Chartered Accountant and prior 
to joining the Group in 2019, he was CFO 
for Mulberry Group plc after spending 
14 years at Dyson, the technology 
group, where he held a number of senior 
executive roles.

In addition to his ordinary financing, 
reporting and governance responsibilities, 
Neil is heavily engaged in M&A activity 
and also leads the Group’s Property, Risk 
and Health and Safety functions.

Neil trained with PricewaterhouseCoopers 
and is a fellow of the Institute of 
Chartered Accountants in England and 
Wales.

Appointed as Chair on 1 October 
2021 having joined the Board as a 
Non-Executive Director in September 
2014, Sharon is also Chair of the Risk 
Committee and previously held the role 
of Senior Independent Director.

Sharon is a Non-Executive Director 
and Remuneration Committee Chair of 
Eurowag (W.A.G payments solutions 
plc). Sharon is also Non-Executive 
Chair at DriveWorks Ltd, backed by the 
Business Growth Fund (BGF), and also 
Non-Executive Chair at FSP Ltd, backed 
by Lloyds Development Capital (LDC). 
She has previously been Marketing 
Director and main Board Director of 
the BBC, responsible for marketing 
communications and audiences, and 
spent much of her career at Microsoft 
where she was Board Director of 
Microsoft UK and Regional General 
Manager of MSN International. 

Sharon is also a holder of the FT/Pearson 
Non-Executive Director Diploma and a 
Fellow of Chartered Institute of Marketing.

Sharon is also Chair of the Group’s 
Nomination and Risk Committee and a 
member of the Audit and Remuneration 
Committee.

44

Restore plc Annual Report 2021GOVERNANCEGOVERNANCE

Jamie Hopkins
Senior Independent Director 
Age 53

Susan Davy ACA
Non-Executive Director 
Age 52

Susan joined the Board in January 2019.

Susan has been Chief Executive Officer 
at Pennon Group plc since July 2020 
having joined the Group in 2015 as Chief 
Financial Officer. Susan was previously 
Finance and Regulatory Director at South 
West Water.

Susan is highly respected in the City 
and has been instrumental in building 
Pennon’s reputation.

Susan is Chair or the Company’s 
Audit Committee and a member of 
the Nomination and Remuneration 
Committees.

Jamie Hopkins joined the Board in 
January 2020.

Jamie was previously Chief Executive 
Officer of Workspace Group plc from 
2012 until May 2019. Formerly served 
as Chief Executive and then a Non-
Executive Director of Mapeley plc from 
2002 until 2010 and a Director of Chester 
Properties from 2009 to 2012. Also acted 
as Investment Director of Delancey 
Estates and Savills between 1990 to 2002. 
A member of the Royal Institution of 
Chartered Surveyors. Jamie is currently a 
Non-Executive Director at Allsop LLP and 
St Modwen.

Jamie has significant experience of 
running a FTSE 250 company, bringing 
diversity of thought and an excellent 
understanding of business and the 
property sector, which is important due to 
Restore’s large estate.

Jamie is Chair of the Company’s 
Remuneration Committee and a member 
of the Audit and Nomination Committee.

45

Restore plc Annual Report 2021Case Study

Focus on: File Consolidation and Rationalisation

Business sector
Central Government

Organisation
Department for Work and 
Pensions (DWP)

About
The Department for Work and 
Pensions (DWP) is responsible 
for welfare, pensions, and child 
maintenance policy. As the UK’s 
biggest public service department, it 
administers the State Pension and a 
range of working age, disability, and ill 
health benefits to around 20 million 
claimants and customers. The DWP 
is responsible for 639 Job centres 
across the UK which help people find 
work and training. During 2021 the 
Department will also be opening 80 
new temporary Job centres to help 
and support people who have been 
affected by the Covid crisis.

The benefits of using Restore

•    High quality project management of a 

complex and time sensitive requirement

•    Speed of response

•    Strong communications with DWP 

management and users

•    Experienced and dedicated team who 

are focused on delivery, on time and on 
budget.

•    Within days Restore had established 

their presence at Heywood Stores, held 
staff briefings with all existing personnel 
and introduced their own IT and other 
systems to start moving the project 
forward.

DWP have expressed how pleased 
they have been with the Restore 
approach, successfully delivering 
a seamless transition to the new 
arrangements whilst maintaining 
continuation of service delivery 
and exceeding all contractual 
service level agreements. The 
feedback from DWP was that the 
Restore tender response was very 
well received and all elements of 
the bid were provided to a very 
high quality. 

The challenge

Records management is an important aspect 
of DWP’s overall management and governance. 
DWP is legally required to manage its customer 
records to ensure it meets the requirements of 
the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) 
which replaces and updates the Data Protection 
Act 2018.

DWP’s largest records management site at 
Heywood Stores, near Manchester houses 
around 28 million files. The 28,000 square metre 
site occupies several large storage facilities and 
is the DWP’s main storage centre for its paper 
files nationally.

The Heywood Stores site had been in use since 
the second world war and, over successive 
years, the files had grown to a point where there 
needed to be a full review of what had to be 
retained and what could be safely destroyed or 
scanned and stored digitally. DWP required a 
new approach and were looking for a tailored 
and competitive solution to their needs.

DWP placed the contract out to tender as it 
had reached its renewal date and the required 
documentation was released to the market in 
December 2020.

Restore officially won the tender in March 2021 
and the plan was to review and consolidate all 
the files before moving them to a new facility by 
early March 2023.

The Restore solution

DWP and Restore had many successful 
discussions, all of which were held pre-tender.

Using their extensive experience of handling 
large Government contracts Restore presented 
a detailed project plan that showed how they 
would handle all stages of the contract and 
deliver the result.

The existing staff at Heywood Stores were 
TUPEd across to Restore and, once they had 
approval to proceed, the project team swung 
quickly into action to start work immediately on 
the intense task ahead.

Within days Restore had established their 
presence at Heywood Stores, held staff briefings 
with all existing personnel and introduced their 
own IT and other systems to start moving the 
project forward.

46

Restore plc Annual Report 2021GOVERNANCE 
Governance Statement
Sharon Baylay-Bell  |  Group Chair

Introduction

On behalf of the Board of Restore plc, 
I am pleased set out our Governance 
Statement in respect of 2021. 

The role of the Board

The Board ensures that the Group is managed for the long-term 
benefit of all shareholders with corporate governance being an 
essential element of this and has adopted the Quoted Companies 
Alliance (QCA) Corporate Governance Code which is considered 
appropriate for an AIM listed company. The Board is responsible 
for the overall leadership, strategy, development and control  
of the Group in order to achieve its strategic objectives.

The Group provides integrated information and data management 
services, secure technology recycling, and commercial relocation 
solutions, to customers throughout the UK, using our proven 
strategy, resources and expertise to create value that is shared  
with our investors and used to fund continued growth.

The Group is led and controlled by the Board which currently 
consists of two Executive Directors and three Non-Executive 
Directors and is chaired by myself. Board meetings are held on 
a regular basis and no significant decision is made other than by 
the Directors. All Directors participate in the key areas of decision 
making, and there is a written statement of matters which require 
Board approval. 

Matters reserved for the Board

 O any changes to the range of services offered by the Group

 O the release of all RNS announcements except for those relating 

to the share-based incentives or notifications  
of changing in holdings from investors

 O the release of all press announcements

 O the issue of equity outside of the existing share-based incentive 

schemes

 O the issue of new grants under existing share-based 

incentive schemes 

 O the creation of any new equity-based employee incentive 
schemes or bonus schemes for the Executive members

 O the disposal of any Group company

 O the annual budget, business plan and Group strategy

 O any change in auditors

 O Directors share dealing

 O market purchase of shares in the Group

 O approval of material capex outside of the Group budget

 O appointment of new Directors and approval of 

Directors remuneration

 O major new contracts

 O approval of annual report and interim statement

 O approval of all dividends 

 O approval of changes in accounting policies

 O approval of Group policies

 O approval of conduct of any major litigations

 O approval of policies on political and charitable contributions.

Skills, experience and independence

The Board is satisfied that there is a suitable balance between 
Company knowledge and independence in order to discharge 
 its duties and responsibilities effectively. 

All Non-Executives are considered to be independent and  
are able to commit the required time necessary to fulfil their  
roles. Information is circulated to the Directors in advance  
of the meetings. 

No one individual has powers to make decisions.

During 2021 there were thirteen Board meetings. 

As the Group has developed, the composition of the Board  
has been under review to ensure that it remains appropriate.  
All Directors retire annually and are required to be reappointed  
by the shareholders at the AGM.

Further information on the remuneration arrangements for the 
Directors and senior management is set out in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 52 to 55.

The Board takes decisions regarding the appointment of new 
Directors and this is done following a thorough assessment  
of a potential candidates’ skills and suitability for the role.

The Directors are responsible for preparing the financial statements as 
set out in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities on page 58. 

The responsibilities of the auditors are described in the 
independent auditors’ report.

The Board considers and reviews the requirement for continued 
professional development and undertakes to ensure that 
their awareness of developments in corporate governance 
and the regulatory framework is current, as well as remaining 
knowledgeable of any industry-specific updates. 

The Nomad and external advisers also support this development, 
by providing guidance and updates as required. The biographies 
of each of the Directors, including their experience and skills are 
shown on pages 44 to 45.

47

Restore plc Annual Report 2021GOVERNANCEGovernance Statement continued

2021 Board and Committee meetings and attendance 

Number of 
Board meetings

Total 13

Number of  
Audit Committee
meetings

 Total 4

Number of  
Remuneration
Committee
meetings

Total 3

Number of  
Nomination
Committee
meetings

Total 2 

Executive Directors

Charles Bligh

Neil Ritchie

Non-Executive Directors

Martin Towers*

Sharon Baylay-Bell

Susan Davy

Jamie Hopkins

* Retired 30 October 2021

Board Committees

13

13

11

13

13

13

4

4

3

4

4

4

3

3

3

3

3

3

Relations with shareholders

2

2

2

2

2

2

The Company has established an Audit Committee, chaired by 
Susan Davy, comprising the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors 
who are responsible for monitoring the integrity of the financial 
statements of the Company, advising on appropriate accounting 
policies and reviewing management judgements, reviewing 
effectiveness of internal control and approving the external audit 
plan and reviewing the effectiveness of the external auditors, 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The Audit Committee report is set 
out on pages 49 to 51.

The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer are the 
Company’s principal contact for investors, fund managers, the 
press and other interested parties. The Company meets regularly 
with its large investors and institutional shareholders who along 
with analysts are invited to meetings by the Company after the 
announcement of the Company’s results. The Company conducts 
bi-annual investor roadshows in the UK and holds a corporate 
strategy day each November. At the Annual General Meeting, 
investors are given the opportunity to question the entire Board.

The Company has an established Remuneration Committee, 
chaired by Jamie Hopkins, comprising the Chairman and Non-
Executive Directors and its report is set out on pages 52 to 55.

The Nomination Committee comprises of the Non-Executive 
Directors. The Committee was previously chaired by Martin Towers 
and is now chaired by Sharon Baylay-Bell unless the matter under 
discussion is her own succession. Other Directors and the Chief 
People Officer are invited to attend as appropriate. The Committee 
is also assisted by external executive search consultants as and 
when required. The Committee’s principal responsibility is to lead 
the process for Board appointments and to make recommendations 
for maintaining an appropriate balance of skills on the Board. The 
Committee will also meet to discuss succession planning for key 
senior executives.

The Board and Nomination Committee undertake regular 
assessments of management to ensure that they maintain  
a successful strategy in order that succession plans are in place.  
The Board aim to maximise development of internal talent and 
where appropriate involve external advisers.

Our Chair continues to ensure that contributions made to the Board 
are relevant, independent, effective and encourage debate. 

Future matters

Over the next twelve months further review of the Board 
functionality will be undertaken to include assessments of whether 
Board members attend and actively contribute to meetings as well 
as thoughts on board composition, external advisers and other 
relevant matters. 

Internal control

The Board acknowledges its responsibility for establishing and 
monitoring the Group’s systems of internal control. Although no 
system of internal control can provide absolute assurance against 
material misstatement or loss, the Group’s systems are designed to 
provide the Directors with reasonable assurance that problems are 
identified on a timely basis and dealt with appropriately.

The key procedures that have been established and which are 
designed to provide effective control are as follows:

 O Management structure – the Board meets regularly to discuss all 

issues affecting the Group

 O Investment appraisal – the Group has a clearly defined 

framework for investment appraisal and approval is required by 
the Board where appropriate.

The Board and Audit Committee regularly reviews the effectiveness 
of the systems of internal control and considers the major 
business risks and the control environment. No significant control 
deficiencies have come to light during the year and no weakness 
in internal financial control has resulted in any material losses, 
contingencies or uncertainties which would require disclosure. 

The Board considers that, in light of the control environment described 
above, there is no current requirement for a separate internal audit 
function. The Board will keep this under review this during 2022. 

Sharon Baylay-Bell | Chair
16 March 2022

48

Restore plc Annual Report 2021GOVERNANCEAudit Committee Report
Susan Davy ACA  |  Chair of the Audit Committee

I am pleased to provide the Audit 
Committee’s annual report for 2021 and 
set out the matters considered by the 
Committee since my last report.

The Committee continues to focus on three key responsibilities:

 O Ensuring the quality and integrity of the Group’s financial 

reporting

 O Assessing the adequacy of the governance and internal controls 

environment 

 O Considering financial risk and in particular, the sufficiency of 
financial resources to meet the Group’s ambitious growth 
plans and, more recently, to meet the challenges posed by the 
uncertainty of the COVID-19 pandemic.

In relation to financial reporting, the Committee continues to 
assess management’s application of relevant reporting standards, 
encourage the development of appropriate accounting policies 
and to review the reasonableness of management judgement in 
preparing financial reports. As a result of these assessments, the 
Committee considers the external presentation of the Group’s 
performance as fair, balanced and understandable as a whole.

The Committee also continues to assess the effectiveness of the 
governance and internal controls environment through regular 
discussion with management and the external auditors and 
during the year, this was extended to include review of the Groups 
independent ‘whistleblowing’ process. 

These responsibilities are discharged throughout the year in 
accordance with a schedule of business that reflects the annual 
reporting cycle of the Group and provision of sufficient time for 
other Audit Committee matters.

Audit Committee composition 

As with last year, the Audit Committee consisted of myself as Chair 
together with the other independent Non-Executive Directors, the 
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Company Secretary 
and the Group’s auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) 
attending Committee meetings by invitation.

At the end of October, Martin Towers resigned from the Board of 
Restore plc and as such, Martin ended his participation in the Audit 
Committee. At the point of writing, an ongoing search for a new 
Non-Executive Director is underway and it is intended that this 
new director shall be invited to join the Audit Committee on their 
appointment. 

I continue to be satisfied that the Committee has an appropriate 
level of skill and experience to execute its duties and that where 
appropriate it can engage external advisors to support the work of 
the Committee. 

Significant matters considered by the Committee 

A schedule of ordinary business was agreed by the Committee 
prior to the commencement of 2021 and a calendar was set 
in place to ensure that the Committee was able to manage its 
affairs efficiently and was able to concentrate on the key Audit 
Committee matters that affect the Group. 

During the year the Committee met four times to consider these 
ordinary business matters with several additional meetings held 
to consider various aspects of Marlowe plc’s proposed offer during 
the summer.

In relation to the proposed offer from Marlowe plc, the Committee 
commissioned and assessed a number of externally prepared 
reports in order to provide the Board with an objective assessment 
of certain aspects of the proposed offer which the Board 
subsequently declined.

The ordinary matters that the Committee considered during the 
year and, where appropriate, since the year end, are set out on the 
next page. 

49

Restore plc Annual Report 2021GOVERNANCEAudit Committee Report continued

Ordinary matters considered by the Audit Committee during 2021 and since the year end

Financial reporting 

 O Review of the 2020 Annual Report and recommendation to the Board for its publication 

 O Review of the Group’s results announcements and financial statements for the half year to 30 June 2021 

and full year to 31 December 2021 and recommendation to the Board for their publication 

 O Approval of management’s adoption of going concern as a basis of preparation for the Group’s financial 

reports

 O Review of management’s application of relevant reporting standards 

 O Review of areas of management judgement contained in the financial statements in particular 

impairment assessment and accounting for business combinations.

Audit and  
external assurance

 O Consideration of the auditors’ report for the year ended 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2021, 

including control themes and observations 

 O Assessment of the continued independence of PwC in performing of their role

 O Recommendation to Board on reappointment of PwC as external auditors at the Group’s Annual General 

Meeting in May 2021

 O Approval of the PwC audit plan for the year to 31 December 2021 

 O Review of external auditors effectiveness including benchmarking and agreement of fees 

 O Engagement of KPMG Tax and subsequent review of their report to provide assurance on Group and 

entity tax compliance

 O Consideration of Task Force for Climate related Financial disclosure (TCFD) report for the year ended 

31 December 2021 and Planet Mark ESG accreditation status.

Governance

 O Review of subsidiary ‘governance and control frameworks’ 

 O Approval of updated delegation of authority matrix 

 O Consideration of the Group’s statutory entity structure and oversight of restructure of the EDM acquired 

entities

 O Review of the financial statements of the Restore plc Employee Benefit Trust for the year ending 31 

December 2020 and consideration of shares held by the trust for satisfaction of share incentive schemes. 

Internal controls

 O Assessment of requirement for an internal audit function and discussion on engagement of external 

assurance provider

 O Review of whistleblowing report for 2021.

Accounting policies

 O Detailed review of accounting policies adopted by the Group

 O Consideration of Alternative Performance Measures 

 O Consideration of appropriateness of business segments for reporting purposes.

Financing risk

 O Detailed review of cashflows for the purposes of going concern, tested for potential impacts of COVID-19 

and / or downturn in trading 

 O Discussion with management on evolution of the Group’s sources of financing and extension of banking 

and finance network.

50

Restore plc Annual Report 2021GOVERNANCECase Study

Monzo Bank delivers rapid customer 
service with Digital Mailroom from 
Restore

Monzo Bank is one of the UK’s leading digital banks. Founded in 

2015, their banking app is used by over 5 million people in the UK 

and is rapidly growing as consumers look to convenient digital 

solutions to their banking needs. 

Being a digitally driven business, Monzo wanted to transform 

their manual mailroom processes with a digital solution that 

would assist with the opening, sorting and scanning of inbound 

mail.  They were looking for an innovative, secure and reliable 

digital solution provider to help them scale and expand their 

mailroom with a rapidly growing customer and employee base.  

The Restore mailroom is a first time outsource for Monzo and 

frees up Monzo operational teams from handling the paper 

within their central London offices.

Monzo chose Restore Digital as they needed a partner who 

was able to deliver at scale to their strict SLA’s and flexibility 

with their change control requirements – just some of the key 

differentiators of Restore. Restore digitise over 2,500 mail items 

and cheques per month for Monzo, helping them to drastically 

reduce their cheque processing times and improve the speed 

of communication both internally and with their customers. 

Restore have also automated their change of address workflow, 

removing the need for manual routing, and supporting more 

accurate customer information. 

George Saunders, Operations Manager at Monzo Bank, said: 

“We’re very happy with the digital mailroom solution 
from Restore – it helps speed up our internal processes 
and improve our customer service. The team at 
Restore are very knowledgeable and have been with 
us every step of the way in making sure our solution is 
aligned to our constantly evolving platform.” 

External auditors

As noted above, the Audit Committee oversees the relationship 
with the external auditors and review their performance and 
ongoing independence. The Audit Committee has reviewed the 
independence of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and the conduct of 
the audit for the financial year ended 31 December 2021. 

The Committee has concluded that the external audit process 
has been effectively run and that PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
remains independent and has recommended their reappointment. 
The external auditors attend meetings by invitation and the 
Committee meets with the external auditors without management 
present at least once a year.

Risk management and internal controls

The Board is responsible for the effectiveness of the Company’s 
risk management and internal controls. The Committee has 
received a report on the control risks in each business unit, key 
policies and procedures in place, the assurance work done to check 
adherence to those polices and the follow up actions taken to 
address any issues identified. 

In addition, a confidential whistleblowing process is available 
to colleagues and stakeholders to facilitate reporting of any 
malpractice, illegal acts or omissions. All reported incidents are 
followed up and the actions taken reviewed by the Restore plc 
Board. A review of the 2021 whistleblowing matters has been 
conducted by the Committee with no material matters noted

Future matters

The Audit Committee is well established and will continue to focus 
on its core areas of responsibility whilst evolving to meet emerging 
areas of interest. 

In the area of ESG, the Group has made substantial progress over 
the last year in setting out a clear strategy, providing stakeholder 
assurance through the external ‘Planet Mark’ accreditation and the 
adoption of TCFD. The application of TCFD in this year’s Annual 
Report is an indication of the strong commitment of the Board 
in the area of ESG and will continue to form part of future Audit 
Committee reviews.

Susan Davy  |  Audit Committee Chair

16 March 2022

51

Restore plc Annual Report 2021GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Remuneration Report
Jamie Hopkins  |  Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

I continue to be satisfied that the Committee has an appropriate level 
of skill and experience to execute its duties and that where appropriate 
it can engage external advisors to support the work of the Committee. 

Significant matters considered by the Committee 

In 2021 the Committee met three times. Its main activities  
during the year were to:

 O review the approach to senior executive remuneration to ensure 
it remains fit-for-purpose and appropriately incentivises delivery 
of the Group’s strategy

 O approve the launch of the 2021 SAYE scheme for all employees

 O review and agree amendments to targets for the 2019 and 2020 

LTIP Plans 

 O review and agree parameters for the 2021 designated Annual 

Bonus Scheme and Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

 O approve the individual packages of the Executive Directors and 

senior management members

 O approve funding to the Restore employee benefit trust in order 

to purchase Company shares in the market in order to be able to 
satisfy share-based awards 

 O review and agree the structure of this Directors’ remuneration report.

The Committee is committed to adhering to good practice for 
executive pay and pay reporting. 

Directors’ Remuneration policy

The Group’s Remuneration Policy is aimed at aligning the interests 
of the Executive Directors with the growth strategy of the Group and 
creation of shareholder value over the longer-term.

The Committee reviews the Remuneration Policy periodically to 
ensure that it: 

 O reinforces the achievement of Restore’s long-term goals and 

support its culture

 O reflects market practice

 O is competitive for companies of similar size and complexity; and

 O is simple.

On behalf of the Remuneration 
Committee, I am pleased to present our 
Remuneration Report which explains 
the role of the Committee, the policies 
it has implemented, and its activities 
during 2021.

The Committee is responsible for determining the remuneration policy 
for the Executive Directors and senior management, as well as its 
implementation over time, with the aim of ensuring that this supports 
the delivery of the Group’s strategy. The Committee has agreed Terms 
of Reference which are available on our website www.restoreplc.
com. These are kept under regular review to ensure that they remain 
appropriate and reflect any changes which may be required as a result 
of changing regulation, legislation, or best practice.

Remuneration Committee composition 

The Committee consists of myself as Chair and the other  
Non-Executive Directors. The Committee meets at least once  
a year and at other times as appropriate and uses Ellason LLP  
as remuneration consultants. 

As previously noted at the end of October, Martin Towers retired 
from the Board of Restore plc and ended his participation in the 
Remuneration Committee. A search for a new Non-Executive 
Director is underway and it is intended that this new director will be 
invited to join the Remuneration Committee on their appointment. 

Executive Directors’ remuneration policy

Objective

Policy

Opportunity

Element of 
package

Base salary

Benefits

To provide a competitive base salary for the 
market in which the Group operates, to help 
attract, motivate and retain directors with 
the experience and capabilities required to 
achieve the Group’s strategic aims. 

To provide a market competitive  
benefits package as part of a competitive 
total package. 

Pension

To provide an appropriate level of 
retirement benefit.

Salaries are reviewed annually  
taking into account Group 
performance, role, experience,  
and market positioning. 

Salary increases are reviewed  
in the context of, and generally set 
in line with, the increases awarded 
to the wider workforce.

Executive Directors receive  
benefits in line with market practice, 
principally private medical insurance, 
life assurance and a car allowance. 

Executive Directors are eligible to 
participate in the Group’s defined 
contribution pension plan or receive 
a cash allowance in lieu thereof. 

Set at a level which the 
Committee deems appropriate.

Pension contributions are paid at 
an agreed rate.

Restore plc Annual Report 2021

52
52

Restore plc Annual Report 2021GOVERNANCEIncentive plan

Objective

Operation

Opportunity

Performance linkage

Annual bonus

Rewards achievement 
of short-term financial 
and strategic goals. 

LTIP

To drive and reward 
the achievement 
of longer-term 
objectives, support 
retention and promote 
share ownership by 
Executive Directors. 

The outcome of the annual 
bonus is based on the 
achievement of annual 
performance targets set at 
the start of the year. The 
Committee has discretion to 
amend the pay-out should the 
formulaic outcome not reflect 
the Committee’s assessment 
of underlying business 
performance. Any bonus  
earned is paid in cash. 

Awards may also be subject 
to clawback for a period of up 
to three years in the event of 
material financial misstatement 
or gross misconduct, at the 
discretion of the Committee.

Awards of nil-cost share 
options may be made annually. 
Vesting will be subject to the 
achievement of specified 
performance conditions over a 
period of three years. 

Awards may also be subject to 
malus over the vesting period, 
and clawback for a period of up 
to two years after vesting, at the 
discretion of the Committee.

Dividend equivalents may also 
accrue over the vesting period 
and be paid on any awards  
that vest.

The maximum 
annual bonus 
opportunity is  
125 per cent of base 
salary. 

The performance measures, 
weightings and targets are set 
annually by the Committee. 

The bonus opportunity will be linked 
to the achievement of challenging 
financial and, non-financial 
performance targets including ESG 
objectives.

The normal 
maximum LTIP 
opportunity is  
125 per cent of 
salary in respect of a 
financial year.

Under the LTIP rules, 
an award of up to 
175 per cent of salary 
may be granted in 
respect of a financial 
year in exceptional 
circumstances.

The vesting of LTIP awards will 
be subject to the achievement of 
defined performance targets.

The measures, their weightings  
and the targets set will be reviewed 
by the Committee prior to making 
an award and the targets may be 
reviewed over the vesting period in 
exceptional circumstances. 

The vesting of 2019 and 2020 LTIP 
awards are based 75% on 3-year 
return on invested capital (ROIC) 
and 25% on the Group’s Absolute 
Total Shareholder Return (TSR) over 
the performance period.

The vesting of the 2021 LTIP awards 
are based 75% on 3-year earnings 
per share (EPS) and 25% on the 
Group’s Absolute Total Shareholder 
Return (TSR) over the performance 
period.

Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration policy

The remuneration policy for the Non-Executive Directors is to pay fees necessary to attract an individual of the calibre required, taking into 
consideration the size and complexity of the business and the time commitment of the role.

Details are set out in the table below:

Approach to setting fees

Basis of fee

Other items

The fees of the Non-Executive Directors 
are agreed by the Chairman and Executive 
Directors. Fees are reviewed annually. 
Fees are set taking into account the level 
of responsibility, relevant experience 
and specialist knowledge of each 
Non-Executive Director.

Fees may include a basic fee and additional 
fees for further responsibilities (for example 
Chairman of the Remuneration and Audit 
Committee). Fees are paid in cash.

Non-Executive Directors do not receive  
any benefits or pension contributions.  
Travel and other reasonable expenses 
incurred in the course of performing their 
duties are reimbursed.

53

Restore plc Annual Report 2021GOVERNANCEDirectors’ remuneration report continued

Directors’ Contracts and Letters of Appointment

The Company’s policy on Executive Directors’ service contracts is that, in line with the best practice provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, they are to be terminable by the company on six months’ notice.

Executive Directors

Charles Bligh

Neil Ritchie

The Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts but have letters of appointment.

Non-Executive Directors

Sharon Baylay-Bell

Susan Davy

Jamie Hopkins

Date of contract

Notice period

12 December 2018

16 May 2019

6 months

6 Months

Date of letter

Notice period

12 August 2014

12 December 2018

28 November 2019

3 months

3 months

3 months

Annual Report on Remuneration

Directors’ Emoluments

The aggregate emoluments of the Directors of the Company during 2021 and 2020 were:

£’000

Executive Directors

Charles Bligh

Neil Ritchie

Non-Executive Directors

Martin Towers*

Sharon Baylay-Bell

Jamie Hopkins

Susan Davy

* retired 31 October 2021.

£’000

Executive Directors

Charles Bligh

Neil Ritchie

Non-Executive Directors

Martin Towers

Sharon Baylay-Bell

Jamie Hopkins

Susan Davy

Salary & Fees

Bonus

Benefits

Pension Costs

440

303

110

69

54

53

497

274

–

–

–

–

1,029

771

17

15

–

–

–

–

32

44

15

–

–

–

–

59

Salary & Fees

Bonus

Benefits

Pension Costs

420

290

97

56

50

50

963

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

17

13

–

–

–

–

30

43

15

–

–

–

–

58

Total 
2021

998

607

110

69

54

53

1,891

Total 
2020

480

318

97

56

50

50

1,051

In 2020 both the Executive Directors and the Non-Executive Directors took a 20% salary cut whilst the impacts of COVID-19 were being 
assessed. In addition, the Executive Directors forgave any claim to bonus in respect of 2020 reflecting their and the Board’s view that  
whilst the Group performed well in context of COVID-19, a bonus was not considered good practice.

54

Restore plc Annual Report 2021GOVERNANCELong Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

Awards were made in 2021 under the Long Term Incentive Plan to senior employees of the Company. The awards are calculated as a 
percentage of the participants’ salaries and scaled according to seniority.

Share options were awarded as follows to Charles Bligh and Neil Ritchie on 9 June 2021 (2020: 3 June 2020, 2019: 21 March 2019 and 
1 October 2019 respectively) shown in the table below.

2021

Charles Bligh

Neil Ritchie

Number of options 
awarded

Percentage of salary 
awarded

Date from which 
exercisable

Expiry date

216,616

128,049

175%

150%

20 March 2024

20 March 2031

20 March 2024

20 March 2031

In 2021, given the Executive Directors did not claim a bonus in respect of 2020, the Committee agreed to make awards to Charles Bligh and 
Neil Ritchie of 175% and 150% of salary respectively.

2020

Charles Bligh

Neil Ritchie

2019

Charles Bligh

Neil Ritchie

Number of options 
awarded

Percentage of salary 
awarded

Date from which 
exercisable

145,917

80,000

125%

100%

2 June 2023

2 June 2023

Number of options 
awarded

Percentage of salary 
awarded

Date from which 
exercisable

Expiry date

2 June 2030

2 June 2023

Expiry date

253,840

110,295

175%

20 March 2022

20 March 2029

150% 30 September 2022

30 September 2029

The closing price for Restore plc shares at 31 December 2021 was 490.0p. During the year the market price of the Company’s ordinary 
shares ranged between 515.4p and 328.4p.

Directors’ interests in shares

The beneficial interests of the Directors who were in office at 31 December 2021 in the shares of the Company (including family 
interests) were as follows:

Charles Bligh

Neil Ritchie

Sharon Baylay-Bell 

Jamie Hopkins

Susan Davy

As at 16 March 2022 there has been no change in any of the above holdings.

Jamie Hopkins  |  Chair of the Remuneration Committee

16 March 2022

Number of ordinary 
shares  
of 5p each 
2021

Number of  
ordinary shares  
of 5p each 
2020

31,379

18,465

15,448

7,406

4,000

26,012

14,346

2,563

7,406

–

55

Restore plc Annual Report 2021GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Report
Sarah Waudby  |  Company Secretary

Directors

On 1 October 2021, Martin Towers retired as Chairman of Restore 
plc and was succeeded by Sharon Baylay-Bell. Martin stepped 
down from the Board on 31 October 2021. 

The Directors of the Group during the year were

Executive

Charles Bligh

Neil Ritchie 

Independent Non-Executive

Martin Towers 

Sharon Baylay-Bell

Retired on 31 October 2021  
(previously Chairman until 1 October 2021)

Chair appointed on 1 October 2021  
(previously Senior Independent Director)

Jamie Hopkins

Susan Davy

Senior Independent Director, 
appointed on 1 October 2021

Directors’ report

Restore plc is an AIM listed company focused on being the 
UK’s leading provider of integrated digital and information 
management services and secure lifecycle services. The Company 
is incorporated in the United Kingdom where the vast majority of 
trading occurs.

Restore plc has two trading divisions: Digital and Information 
Management and Secure Lifecyle Services, our review of these 
divisions are shown on pages 10 to 12. As a Group we provide safe 
and secure services in:

 O Records Management providing document storage, cloud and 

media storage

The biographical details of the Directors are given on pages 44 and 45.

 O Digital services, including specialist project scanning

 O Full service IT asset recycling and secure disposal business

 O Shredding services; and

 O Commercial and workplace relocation.

The Directors present their report together with the audited 
financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021.

The Governance statement on pages 47 and 48 also forms part of 
this Directors’ report.

Review of the Business

The Strategic report on pages 14 to 41 provides an operating and 
financial review of the business, the Group’s trading for the year 
ended 31 December 2021, as well as detailing our Risk Commitee 
Report, our ESG Strategy and our indication of Company’s expected 
future developments.

Result and Dividend

The Group has reported its Consolidated Financial Statements in 
accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards 
and in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those standards. 
The Group’s results for the year are set out in the Consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income on page 66.

The Directors announced in the 2021 interim results that in 
recognition of the Group’s continued strong trading momentum 
and its confidence in the H2 2021 and future outlook, the Board 
has re-instated its previous progressive dividend policy and now 
recommend a final dividend of 4.7p per share for the year (2020: 
nil per share). This will be paid on 8 July 2022 to shareholders on 
the register on 6 June 2022. An interim dividend of 2.5p was paid 
during the year (2020: nil). 

Directors’ remuneration, long-term executive plans, pension 
contributions, benefits and interests are set out in the Directors’ 
remuneration report on pages 52 to 55. 

The Company maintains liability insurance for its Directors 
and Officers, the Company’s articles of association allow the 
indemnification of Directors out of the assets of the Company to 
the extent permitted by law. Indemnities in favour of the Directors 
have not been entered into during the year.

Share Capital and Substantial Shareholdings

Full details of the authorised and issued share capital of the 
Company are set out in note 24 to the financial statements.

At 14 March 2022, the latest practicable date prior to the approval 
of this document, the Company had been notified of the following 
interests amounting to 3% or more of the voting rights attaching 
to the Company’s issued share capital:

Significant Shareholder

Invesco Limited

Octopus Investments

Franklin Templeton

Canaccord Genuity Wealth Management

Blackrock

Polar Capital

Slater Investments

Charles Stanley

Janus Henderson Group

Percentage of 
 issued share capital

11.8%

11.4%

7.9%

7.2%

5.9%

4.8%

4.8%

3.9%

3.1%

56

Restore plc Annual Report 2021GOVERNANCEProperty Values

Political and Charitable Donations 

The Directors are aware that a significant difference may exist 
between market and book values, as shown in the Consolidated 
statement of financial position at 31 December 2021, for the Group’s 
freehold properties, some of which have a market value  
in excess of the book value recorded.

Donations of £4,800 were made by the Group for charitable 
purposes during the year (2020: £2,000). The Group does not make 
political donations. Further details on our charitable initiatives are 
given on page 39.

Employee Involvement process

The Directors believe that the involvement of employees is an 
important part of the business culture. Employees are its most 
important asset and contribute to the successes achieved to date 
(view our Environment Social and Governance Strategy on pages 31 
to 41).

Equal Opportunities

The Group is committed to eliminating discrimination and 
encouraging diversity. Its aim is that each employee is able to 
perform to the best of their ability. The Group will not make 
assumptions about a person’s ability to carry out their work, for 
example on their ethnic origin, gender, sexual orientation, marital 
status, religion or beliefs, age or disability.

Disabled Employees

In the event of an employee becoming disabled, every effort is made 
to retain them in order that their employment with the Group may 
continue. It is the policy of the Group that training, career development 
and promotion opportunities should be available to all employees.

Business Relationships

The details on how we manage our business relationships is given in 
the Strategic Report on page 41. 

Environmental Policy

Maintaining and improving the quality of the environment in which 
we live is an important concern for the Group, our staff, customers, 
suppliers, sub-contractors and communities. We have adopted high 
standards of environmental practices and aim to minimise our impact 
on the environment wherever this is practical. In particular, we comply 
with, and endeavour to exceed the requirements of all laws and 
regulations relating to the environment. 

Our disclosures in respect of emissions and energy consumption 
are set out on pages 36 to 37.

Health and Safety

The Group recognises the importance of maintaining high standards 
of health and safety for everyone working within our business and 
also for anyone who may be affected by our business. Further 
details on health and safety are given on page 38.

Financial Risk Management

Information in respect of the financial risk management objectives 
and policies of the Group, is contained in note 3.

Related party transactions 

Any related party transactions required to be disclosed under the 
AIM rules are disclosed in note 34 to the financial statements.

Modern Slavery Act

Our Modern Slavery Statement which sets out our commitments to 
stop this occurring within any part of our business and supply chain, 
is available on our website www.restoreplc.com.

Statement, as to Disclosure of Information to Auditors

The Directors in office on 16 March 2022 have confirmed that, as far 
as they are aware, there is no relevant audit information of which 
the auditors are unaware. Each of the Directors have confirmed that 
they have taken all steps that they ought to have taken as Directors 
in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information 
and to establish that it has been communicated to the auditor.

Post Balance Sheet Events and Future Developments

Details of post balance sheet events are given in note 35 of the 
financial statements. The Board intends to continue to pursue its 
business strategy as outlined in the Strategic report on pages 14 
to 41. 

Annual General Meeting

The notice of the Annual General Meeting to be held on 20 May 
2022 is set out on pages 117 to 121.

Going Concern

The Directors are satisfied that the Group has adequate resources 
to continue in operation for the foreseeable future and that it is 
appropriate to prepare financial statements on the going concern 
basis. Further details are given in note 2 to the financial statements 
on page 70. 

Approval

This Directors’ report was approved on behalf of the Board on 
16 March 2022.

Sarah Waudby  |  Company Secretary

16 March 2022

57

Restore plc Annual Report 2021GOVERNANCEStatement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities in respect of  
the financial statements

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and 
the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and 
regulation.

Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year. Under that law the directors have prepared 
the group and the company financial statements in accordance 
with UK-adopted international accounting standards.

Under company law, directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the group and company and of the 
profit or loss of the group for that period. In preparing the financial 
statements, the directors are required to:

 O select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

 O state whether applicable UK-adopted international accounting 

standards have been followed, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements;

Case Study

Society of Genealogists scans their 
environment with Restore Digital 

Founded in 1911, the Society of Genealogists is a charity with a 

unique purpose – to help people discover their place in history. 

The Society preserves the records of everyday lives and makes 

them available to anyone wanting to understand where they 

have come from – grassroots sources, rich data of unlikely origin, 

and exceptional assets that capture the unfolding, unofficial 

history of us all. 

To preserve its rich historical information the Society required 

a digital scanning partner that would be able to manage their 

sensitive and often fragile historical documents. The adherence 

to industry standards for digital output was a major factor in 

choosing a digitisation partner for such material. The Society 

 O make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable 

chose to work with Restore Digital due to their ability to handle 

and scan such documents and provide an outsourced solution 

that would remove the task from their own teams.

Restore has completed several scanning projects for the Society 

so far. These have ranged from scanning admin files to the 

digitisation of 1.3 million index cards and two larger library book 

collections, consisting of 1.9 million images from books of 

Monumental Inscriptions and Parish Registers. 

Christine Worthington at The Society of Genealogists said:

“These projects have been vitally important to the 
Society because it has given our over 7,000 members 
access to new information digitally, enabling us to offer 
a better customer experience and service. Working with 
a partner like Restore also enables our team to focus on 
engaging with our membership and providing digital 
assets to family history researchers all over the world  – 
I highly recommend working with them.”  

and prudent; and

 O prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the group and 
company will continue in business.

The directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of the 
group and company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The directors are also responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the group’s and 
company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy 
at any time the financial position of the group and company and 
enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with 
the Companies Act 2006.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
of the company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ confirmations

In the case of each director in office at the date the directors’ 
report is approved:

 O so far as the director is aware, there is no relevant audit 

information of which the group’s and company’s auditors are 
unaware; and

 O they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a 

director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the group’s and company’s 
auditors are aware of that information.

58

Restore plc Annual Report 2021GOVERNANCEIndependent auditors’ report to the 
members of Restore plc

Report on the audit of the financial 
statements

Opinion

In our opinion, Restore plc’s group financial statements and 
company financial statements (the “financial statements”):

 O give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the 
company’s affairs as at 31 December 2021 and of the group’s 
profit and the group’s and company’s cash flows for the year 
then ended;

 O have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted 

international accounting standards; and

Key audit matters

 O Acquisition accounting – valuation of acquired intangibles of 

EDM Group Limited (“EDM”) (group)

 O Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill (group and parent)

Materiality

 O Overall group materiality: £1,300,000 based on 5% of profit 

before tax and exceptional items.

 O Overall company materiality: £970,000 based on 5% of profit 

before tax and exceptional items.

 O Performance materiality: £975,000 (group) and £728,000 

(company).

 O have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the 

The scope of our audit

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and 
assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial 
statements. In particular, we looked at where the directors made 
subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant 
accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and 
considering future events that are inherently uncertain.

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ 
professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of 
the financial statements of the current period and include the most 
significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not 
due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had 
the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of 
resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement 
team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results 
of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our 
audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our 
opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on 
these matters.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Acquisition accounting – valuation of acquired intangibles of EDM 
is a new key audit matter this year. Impact of COVID-19, which was 
a key audit matter last year, is no longer included because of the 
relatively reduced level of assessed audit risk associated with it. 
Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last 
year.

Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the 
Annual Report, which comprise: the Consolidated and Company 
statements of financial position as at 31 December 2021; 
the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the 
Consolidated and Company statements of cash flows, and the 
Consolidated and Company statements of changes in equity for 
the year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, 
which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the 
Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have 
obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our 
opinion.

Independence

We remained independent of the group in accordance with the 
ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as 
applicable to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our audit approach
Overview

Audit scope

 O We performed full scope audits at the parent company 

(comprising Restore Records Management and head office), 
Restore Datashred, and Restore Harrow Green.

 O We performed audit of revenue for Restore Technology.

 O Our full scope audits account for 80% of group revenue and 

66% of profit before tax and exceptional items.

 O We completed an analytical review of EDM, Restore Digital and 

Restore Technology.

 O We audited the accounting for acquisitions to group materiality.

59

Restore plc Annual Report 2021GOVERNANCEIndependent auditors’ report continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Acquisition accounting – valuation of acquired intangibles 
of EDM Group Limited (“EDM”) (group)

As disclosed in note 11, on 30 April 2021 the Group acquired 100% 
of the share capital of Rainbow HoldCo Limited, which trades as 
EDM for £62.4 million.

This transaction falls under the scope of IFRS 3 Business 
Combinations which requires significant management judgement 
in determining the fair value of assets acquired, including intangible 
assets which are inherently judgemental. There is a risk of material 
misstatement to the financial statements from the application of 
IFRS 3 ‘Business combinations’, and the related valuation of the 
assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and the consideration 
paid. The risk of material misstatement is inherently higher for 
the acquired intangible assets as a result of the methodology and 
assumptions used in the valuation.

Management has completed a purchase price allocation (“PPA”) 
exercise in order to allocate the consideration between the assets 
recognised following the transaction. This PPA exercise identified 
intangible assets being customer relationships of £27.6 million and 
goodwill of £33.1 million. Management has identified fair value 
adjustments including a deferred tax liability of £5.2 million that 
arose as a result of acquisition of customer relationships.

The Group elected to continue recording the acquisition related 
entries as provisional as at 31 December 2021 as permitted under 
IFRS 3.

The key estimates and assumptions assessed were the 
methodology and assumptions used in the valuation, and 
Management’s estimate of the future forecast cash flows at the 
acquisition date.

We have obtained and read key documentation and agreements 
relating to this acquisition.

We have also obtained the acquisition model, internal management 
due diligence report and the final purchase price allocation 
performed by management.

We have performed detailed testing of the opening balance sheet 
and the related fair value adjustments based on Group materiality.

We have used our internal valuation experts to evaluate the 
methodology used by management and confirmed that appropriate 
income approach techniques had been utilised in valuing the 
identified intangible asset.

Our internal valuations experts also evaluated the assumptions 
used by management, including assessing discount rates, long-
term growth rates and attrition rates.

We challenged the key assumptions used in these areas and 
performed sensitivity analysis on customer attrition rate and 
discount rate.

We also assessed the useful lives which have been assigned to the 
acquired intangible assets and consider these to be reasonable 
based on the nature of the assets and the period over which 
benefits are expected to flow to the Group.

We have reviewed the detailed acquisition cash flow forecasts.

We have confirmed that the overall cash flow forecasts reflect the 
nature of the businesses acquired and management’s planned 
actions as at the acquisition date, and that these actions align with 
those which could foreseeably be achieved by another market 
participant.

We have reviewed the disclosures in the Annual Report, including 
in note 11, and agree that these are consistent with our audit work 
performed and the disclosure requirements of IFRS 3.

Based on the work done, as summarised above, we have concluded 
the Group’s acquisition accounting is materially appropriate and the 
recognised intangible assets have been appropriately valued.

Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill  
(group and parent)

As at 31 December 2021, the net book value of intangible assets 
and goodwill held by both the Group and Parent company is 
significant, £327.2 million and £170.8 million respectively. Goodwill 
is subject to an annual impairment test and impairment tests for 
intangible assets are also required if there are any indications of an 
impairment trigger.

We applied particular focus to the Datashred CGU given the level 
of headroom in this CGU, the impairment booked at half-year in 
2020 and the fact that Datashred CGU continued to be impacted by 
COVID-19 in 2021. In evaluating management’s annual impairment 
assessment for goodwill, we performed the following procedures:

 O We assessed the allocation of goodwill and acquired intangibles 

to CGUs;

 O We evaluated the allocation of assets to the CGUs and assessed 

whether this was a reasonable basis for allocation;

60

Restore plc Annual Report 2021GOVERNANCEKey audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Impairment of intangible assets and goodwill  
(group and parent) (continued)

Management prepared a discounted cash flow model at a cash 
generating unit (‘CGU’) level in order to support the carrying value 
of intangibles and goodwill. The impairment reviews performed by 
management contain a number of significant estimates including 
revenue growth rate, EBITDA (‘Earnings before interest, taxation, 
depreciation, amortisation’), discount rate and long term growth 
rate and downside scenario sensitising these assumptions. A 
change in these assumptions could result in a material change 
in the valuation of the assets, and as a result there is a risk that 
goodwill and other intangible assets balances are no longer deemed 
to be recoverable and hence should be impaired.

As per management’s impairment model, there is headroom in 
all CGUs. The CGU with the lowest headroom is the Datashred 
CGU, where the assumptions used are more sensitive and where 
we have specifically assessed the risk of impairment as higher. We 
determined impairment to be a key audit matter because of the 
complexity, estimates and judgement involved in management’s 
assessment.

Refer to Note 12 and Note 36 of the financial statements 
(‘Intangible assets’).

 O We obtained the Board-approved 2022 budget and 2023-2025 
Strategic Plan which formed the basis of the model used in 
management’s impairment calculation;

 O We considered whether data used in the impairment model was 

consistent with the Board-approved cash flows; 

 O We challenged management forecasts and compared 

future cash flow expectations to historic levels as part of our 
assessment as to whether the planned performance was 
considered achievable, particularly for Datashred;

 O We reviewed key assumptions used by management (revenue 
growth, EBITDA, discount rate, and long term growth rate) 
and sensitised these to determine whether there were any 
reasonably possible changes in these assumptions that would 
lead to an impairment;

 O Where possible, we corroborated key assumptions through to 
contracts and third party data sources such as external market 
data available;

 O We assessed the appropriateness of the discount rate and 

long term growth rate applied using the support of our internal 
valuation experts;

 O We ensured that the key sensitivity with respect to the recovery 
of Datashred revenue to pre-Covid levels was appropriately 
disclosed in accordance with IAS 36, ‘Impairment of assets’.

Based on our work, we have concluded that management’s 
assessment is supportable and related disclosures are appropriate.

How we tailored the audit scope

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed 
enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial 
statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the 
group and the company, the accounting processes and controls, 
and the industry in which they operate.

The group operates in the United Kingdom through two divisions 
which comprise five business units: Restore Records Management 
and Restore Digital (within the Digital & Information Management 
division), and Restore Datashred, Restore Technology and Restore 
Harrow Green (within the Secure Lifecycle Services division). There 
is also a central head office function. There were considered to 
be three financially significant operating units which required a 
full scope audit being the parent company (comprising Restore 
Records Management and head office), Restore Datashred, and 

Restore Harrow Green. We performed audit of revenue for Restore 
Technology. The remaining business units were not individually 
financially significant enough to require a full scope audit but were 
subject to review procedures by the group engagement team. The 
group team performed procedures on exceptional items.

Materiality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of 
materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. 
These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us 
to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing 
and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial 
statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of 
misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial 
statements as a whole.

61

Restore plc Annual Report 2021GOVERNANCEIndependent auditors’ report continued

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall 
materiality

How we 
determined it

Rationale for 
benchmark 
applied

Financial statements – group

Financial statements – company

£1,300,000.

£970,000.

5% of profit before tax and exceptional items

5% of profit before tax and exceptional items

Based on the benchmarks used in the annual 
report, profit before tax and exceptional items is 
the primary measure used by the shareholders 
in assessing the performance of the Group. In 
the prior year, a three-year average profit before 
tax and exceptional items was used given the 
significant and one-off impact of COVID-19 on 
the Group's financial performance, resulting in 
overall materiality of £1,150,000. Exceptional 
items were audited separately.

Based on the benchmarks used in the annual report, profit before 
tax and exceptional items is the primary measure used by the 
shareholders in assessing the performance of the Group. In the 
prior year, a three-year average profit before tax and exceptional 
items was used given the significant and one-off impact of 
COVID-19 on the Group's financial performance, resulting in 
overall materiality of £870,000. Exceptional items were audited 
separately.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated 
a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The 
range of materiality allocated across components was between 
£470,000 and £750,000. Certain components were audited to a 
local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall 
group materiality.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately 
low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and 
undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, 
we use performance materiality in determining the scope of 
our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account 
balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in 
determining sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% of 
overall materiality, amounting to £975,000 for the group financial 
statements and £728,000 for the company financial statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a 
number of factors - the history of misstatements, risk assessment 
and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls - and 
concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range 
was appropriate.

We agreed with those charged with governance that we would 
report to them misstatements identified during our audit above 
£65,000 (group audit) and £48,500 (company audit) as well as 
misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted 
reporting for qualitative reasons.

Conclusions relating to going concern

Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and the 
company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included:

 O Management has prepared a going concern paper, alongside 
detailed calculations supporting their assessment of future 
cash flows, available funding sources and covenant compliance. 
Management have highlighted why they are comfortable that 
the Group remains a going concern for the period of at least 

one year from the signing of the financial statements. We have 
understood, evaluated and challenged the key assumptions 
made by management in their paper and are satisfied with 
rationale used in these forecasts;

 O We have agreed the underlying cash flow projections to 

management forecasts;

 O We have tested the mathematical accuracy for the forecast 

models;

 O We have considered the basis for the forecasts by reference 
to historical performance of the Group and assessing the 
appropriateness of the downside scenario;

 O We have reviewed the terms of the financing agreements and 
forecasts used in the compliance testing of the covenants for 
FY22 and tested the calculation of the covenant ratios based on 
the forecast results and cash flows;

 O We have considered availability of extra financing through both 

Debt and Equity;

 O We have assessed the impact of the mitigating factors available 
to management to reduce cash outflows and increase cash 
availability such as reduced dividend and capex spend, selling of 
contracts/freehold sites and debt factoring;

 O We have assessed the appropriateness of the related 

disclosures in the financial statements.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified 
any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the 
group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern 
for a period of at least twelve months from when the financial 
statements are authorised for issue.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the 
directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.

62

Restore plc Annual Report 2021GOVERNANCEHowever, because not all future events or conditions can be 
predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the group’s and 
the company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with 
respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of 
this report.

Reporting on other information

The other information comprises all of the information in the 
Annual Report other than the financial statements and our 
auditors’ report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other 
information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not 
cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an 
audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in 
this report, any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our 
responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent 
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in 
the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 
If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material 
misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to 
conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial 
statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, 
based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is 
a material misstatement of this other information, we are required 
to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these 
responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ Report, we also 
considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies 
Act 2006 have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the 
Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions 
and matters as described below.

Strategic report and Directors’ Report

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the 
audit, the information given in the Strategic report and Directors’ 
Report for the year ended 31 December 2021 is consistent with the 
financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with 
applicable legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and 
company and their environment obtained in the course of the 
audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the 
Strategic report and Directors’ Report.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and 
the audit

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial 
statements

As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ 
responsibilities, the directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable 
framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair 

view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as 
they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due 
to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible 
for assessing the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless 
the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the company or 
to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an 
auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise 
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in 
the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial 
statements.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance 
with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements 
in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our 
procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, 
is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we 
identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws 
and regulations related to General Data Protection Regulation 
(GDPR), UK Tax Legislation, breach of Health and Safety 
Executive Legislation, and we considered the extent to which 
non-compliance might have a material effect on the financial 
statements. We also considered those laws and regulations 
that have a direct impact on the financial statements such as 
Companies Act 2006. We evaluated management’s incentives 
and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial 
statements (including the risk of override of controls), and 
determined that the principal risks were related to posting 
inappropriate journal entries to manipulate financial results 
and potential management bias in accounting estimates. Audit 
procedures performed by the engagement team included:

 O Discussions of compliance with the Group Head of Risk, 

Divisional management teams, the Group management team 
and external tax advisors including consideration of known 
or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and 
regulation and fraud.

 O Inspection of external press releases, legal correspondence and 

whistle-blowing reports

 O Challenging the assumptions and judgements made by 
management in determining their significant accounting 
estimates, in particular in relation to impairment of intangible 
assets and goodwill (see related key audit matter above)

63

Restore plc Annual Report 2021GOVERNANCEIndependent auditors’ report continued

 O Identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any journal 
entries posted with unusual account combinations including 
unusual or unexpected journal postings to the income 
statement.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described 
above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of 
non-compliance with laws and regulations that are not closely 
related to events and transactions reflected in the financial 
statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a material misstatement 
due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting 
from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for 
example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through 
collusion.

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of 
certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing 
techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a limited 
number of items for testing, rather than testing complete 
populations. We will often seek to target particular items for testing 
based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will 
use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the 
population from which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms 
part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and 
only for the company’s members as a body in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other 
purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume 
responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to 
whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save 
where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Other required reporting

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, 
in our opinion:

 O we have not obtained all the information and explanations we 

require for our audit; or

 O adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 

company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or

 O certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law 

are not made; or

 O the company financial statements are not in agreement with 

the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Kate Wolstenholme (Senior Statutory Auditor)  
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP  
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
London

16 March 2022

64

Restore plc Annual Report 2021GOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial Statements

Restore plc Annual Report 2021

65
65

Restore plc Annual Report 2021Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 December 2021

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

Amortisation of intangible assets

Exceptional items

Movement in trade receivables loss allowance

Impairment of intangible assets

Impairment of investment

Operating profit

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Taxation

Profit after tax

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year and profit attributable 
to owners of the parent

Earnings per share attributable to owners  
of the parent (pence)

Total – basic

Total – diluted

All of the Group’s results are from continuing operations.

Note

4

12

5

17

12

15

6

7

8

9

Year ended
 31 December 
2021
£’m

Year ended
31 December
2020
£’m

234.3

(127.1)

107.2

(61.1)

(10.7)

(4.4)

0.1

–

–

31.1

(8.1)

23.0

(11.5)

11.5

–

11.5

8.7p

8.4p

182.7

(105.9)

76.8

(45.2)

(8.3)

(2.3)

0.1

(7.0)

(1.6)

12.5

(8.5)

4.0

(3.8)

0.2

–

0.2

0.2p

0.2p

The reconciliation between the statutory results shown above and the non-GAAP adjusted measures are shown below:

Operating profit

Adjustments for:

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Exceptional items

Impairment of intangible assets

Impairment of investment

Adjustments

Adjusted operating profit 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and right of use assets

Earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation, amortisation,  
impairment, and exceptional items (EBITDA)

Profit before tax

Adjustments (as stated above)

Adjusted profit before tax 

Note

12

5

12

15

6

Year ended
 31 December 
2021
£’m

Year ended
31 December
2020
£’m

31.1

10.7

4.4

–

–

15.1

46.2

28.0

74.2

23.0

15.1

38.1

12.5

8.3

2.3

7.0

1.6

19.2

31.7

25.7

57.4

4.0

19.2

23.2

66

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated statement of financial position
At 31 December 2021

Company registered no. 05169780

ASSETS
Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right-of-use assets 
Investment
Deferred tax asset 

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Corporation tax receivable
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Financial liabilities – lease liabilities
Current tax liabilities
Provisions 

Non-current liabilities
Financial liabilities – borrowings
Financial liabilities – lease liabilities                
Deferred tax liability
Provisions 

Total liabilities
Net assets
EQUITY
Share capital
Share premium account

Other reserves

Retained earnings
Equity attributable to the owners of the parent

 31 December 
2021
 £’m

31 December
2020 
£’m

Note

12
13
14
15
22

16
17

19

18
20

23

19
20   
22
23

24
25

26

27

327.2
78.8
102.5
–
5.9
514.4

1.4
56.9
–
32.9
91.2
605.6

(45.5)
(18.2)
(1.5)
(0.9)
(66.1)

(133.7)
(98.8)
(33.9)
(7.9)
(274.3)
(340.4)
265.2

6.8
187.9

7.0

63.5
265.2

247.4
70.6
107.1
–
3.4
428.5

0.9
41.2
0.3
26.4
68.8
497.3

(38.8)
(16.7)
–
(0.4)
(55.9)

(92.5)
(104.0)
(19.8)
(6.5)
(222.8)
(278.7)
218.6

6.3
150.3

6.0

56.0
218.6

These financial statements on pages 66 to 98 were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 16 March 2022 and were 
signed on its behalf by:

Charles Bligh 
Chief Executive Officer 

Neil Ritchie
Chief Financial Officer

67

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
For the year ended 31 December 2021

Balance at 1 January 2020

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners

Issue of shares during the year

Current tax on share-based payments

Deferred tax on share-based payments

Share-based payments charge

Purchase of treasury shares

Balance at 31 December 2020

Balance at 1 January 2020

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners

Issue of shares during the year

Issue costs

Dividends

Current tax on share-based payments

Deferred tax on share-based payments

Share-based payments charge

Transfer*

Purchase of treasury shares

Disposal of treasury shares

Balance at 31 December 2021

Attributable to owners of the parent

Share 
capital
£’m

6.2

–

–

0.1

–

–

–

–

6.3

6.3

–

–

0.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Share 
premium
£’m

150.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

150.3

150.3

–

–

39.5

(1.9)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

6.8

187.9

Other 
reserves
£’m

Retained 
earnings
£’m

6.1

–

–

–

0.8

(1.3)

1.2

(0.8)

6.0

6.0

–

–

–

–

–

0.2

0.6

2.2

(0.2)

(2.6)

0.8

7.0

55.9

0.2

0.2

(0.1)

–

–

–

–

56.0

56.0

11.5

11.5

–

–

(3.4)

–

–

–

0.2

–

(0.8)

63.5

Total 
equity
£’m

218.5

0.2

0.2

–

0.8

(1.3)

1.2

(0.8)

218.6

218.6

11.5

11.5

40.0

(1.9)

(3.4)

0.2

0.6

2.2

–

(2.6)

–

265.2

* 

 In 2021 a net amount of £0.2 million was reclassified from share-based payments reserve to retained earnings in respect of lapsed and 
exercised options.

68

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated statement of cash flows 
For the year ended 31 December 2021

Cash generated from operating activities

Net finance costs

Income taxes paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and applications software

Purchase of subsidiary undertakings, net of cash acquired

Purchase of trade and assets

Cash flows used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Net proceeds from share issue
Dividends paid

Purchase of treasury shares

Repayment of revolving credit facility

Drawdown of revolving credit facility

Lease principal repayments

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Year ended
31 December
2021
£’m

Year ended
31 December
2020
£’m

59.9

(7.0)

(5.2)

47.7

(8.8)

(85.8)

(0.9)

(95.5)

38.1
(3.4)

(2.6)

(65.0)

106.0

(18.8)

54.3

6.5

26.4

32.9

66.9

(8.0)

(7.2)

51.7

(7.3)

(3.4)

(0.3)

(11.0)

–
–

(0.8)

(13.0)

–

(17.1)

(30.9)

9.8

16.6

26.4

Note

28

12, 13

11

11

19

69

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Group financial statements
For the year ended 31 December 2021

1.  General Information

Restore plc and its subsidiaries specifically focus on providing 
services to offices and workplaces in the public and private sectors 
and has two divisions: Digital & Information Management and 
Secure Lifecycle Services. The Group primarily operates in the 
UK. The Company is a public limited company limited by shares 
incorporated and domiciled in England, the United Kingdom. The 
address of its registered office is The Databank, Unit 5 Redhill 
Distribution Centre, Salbrook Road, Redhill, Surrey, RH1 5DY, 
England.

The Company is listed on the AIM.

These Group consolidated financial statements were authorised for 
issue by the Board of Directors on 16 March 2022.

2.  Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Preparation

On 31 December 2020, IFRS as adopted by the European Union 
at that date was brought into UK law and became UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards, with future changes being 
subject to endorsement by the UK Endorsement Board. Restore 
Plc transitioned to UK-adopted International Accounting Standards 
in its consolidated financial statements on 1 January 2021. This 
change constitutes a change in accounting framework. However, 
there is no impact on recognition, measurement or disclosure 
in the period reported as a result of the change in framework. 
The consolidated financial statements of Restore plc have been 
prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting 
Standards and with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 
as applicable to companies reporting under those standards.

The financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost 
basis, except for certain financial assets and liabilities which are 
held at fair value. The accounting policies have been consistently 
applied, other than where new accounting standards have been 
adopted. The preparation of financial statements in conformity 
with IFRS requires the use of certain accounting estimates. It also 
requires management to exercise its judgement in the process 
of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving 
a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where 
assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated 
financial statements are disclosed later in this note. 

The consolidated financial statements are presented in pounds 
sterling and, unless stated otherwise, shown in pounds million to 
one decimal place.

Going Concern

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely 
to affect its future development, performance, financial position, 
its cash flows, liquidity position, principal risks and uncertainties 
affecting the business are set out in the Strategic report on 
pages 14 to 41.

The Group meets its day-to-day working capital requirements 
through its financing facilities. Details of the Group’s borrowing 
facilities are given in note 21 of the financial statements.

The Group’s budget for 2022 and forecasts for 2023, show that 
the Group should be able to operate within the level of its current 
facility.

The Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group 
has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for 
a period of at least 12 months from the approval date of these 
financial statements. Thus they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual financial 
statements. In making this assessment, the Directors have 
considered the financing arrangements available to the Group and 
the Group’s cashflow forecasts, taking into account reasonably 
possible downside trading scenarios.

Basis of Consolidation

The Consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial 
statements of the Company and entities controlled by the 
Company (its subsidiaries) made up to 31 December each year. 
Control is achieved where the Company has the power to govern 
the financial and operating policies of an investee entity so as to 
obtain benefits from its activities.

The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year 
are included in the Consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income from the effective date of acquisition or up to the effective 
date of disposal, as appropriate.

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial 
statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used 
into line with those used by the Group.

All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are 
eliminated on consolidation.

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for 
the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group. The cost of an 
acquisition is measured as the fair value of the assets given, 
equity instruments issued, contingent consideration and liabilities 
incurred or assumed at the date of exchange. Costs directly 
attributable to the acquisition are expensed as incurred. Identifiable 
assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed 
in a business combination are initially measured at fair value at 
the acquisition date. Provisional fair values are adjusted against 
goodwill if additional information is obtained within one year 
of the acquisition date about facts or circumstances existing at 
the acquisition date. Other changes in provisional fair values are 
recognised through profit or loss.

Contingent Consideration

Contingent consideration is recognised at fair value at the 
acquisition date. Changes in the fair value of liability-classified 
contingent consideration that are not measurement period 
adjustments are reflected in the income statement. Contingent 
consideration that is classified as an equity instrument is not 
remeasured and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within 
equity.

Changes in contingent consideration arising from additional 
information, obtained within one year of the acquisition date, about 
facts or circumstances that existed at the acquisition date are 
recognised as an adjustment to goodwill.

70

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSSegmental Reporting

Dividend income

During the year, the Group reviewed its reporting segments, as 
a result of a change in the way the business was managed in 
2021, as well as the impact of acquisitions on the business. The 
Group’s evolution has led to management viewing the business 
as two slightly amended but more advanced segments that are 
more closely aligned to managements’ more strategic view of the 
business potential and deployment of resources.

In the opinion of the Directors, there are two segments, Digital & 
Information Management and Secure Lifecycle Services. Segment 
revenue comprises sales to external customers most of whom are 
located in the UK. Services are provided primarily from the UK.

Dividend income is recognised when the right to receive payment is 
established.

Exceptional Items

Exceptional items are those significant items which are separately 
disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence to enable a full 
understanding of the Group’s financial performance. Transactions 
which may give rise to exceptional items are principally gains or 
losses on disposal of investments and subsidiaries, redundancy, 
integration and other restructuring costs, as well as acquisition 
costs relating to business combinations.

Revenue Recognition

Profit Measures

Revenue is recognised in accordance with IFRS15. Revenue for 
services is recognised in the Consolidated income statement on the 
delivery of those services based upon the proportion of the total 
delivered at the year end date. It is recognised at the fair value of 
consideration received or receivable net of discounts, VAT, returns, 
rebates and after eliminating intra-group sales.

Sale of services 

Revenue from records management represents amounts billed 
or due for the storage and retrieval of customers’ files and boxes. 
Revenue is recognised on retrieval of documents or time-
apportioned for the period for which the documents are stored. 

The Group sells scanning and IT services which are provided on a 
time basis or as a fixed price contract with contract terms ranging 
up to three years. Revenue is recognised based upon the value 
of work completed, or on a contractual basis, either as a fixed 
proportion of managed costs or other fee mechanism, in which 
case revenue is recognised once those contractual conditions have 
been satisfied, either based on managed costs incurred, on a time 
basis, or other appropriate contractual measurement.

The Group provides all round secure document destruction and 
recycling processes, including the rental and servicing of office 
recycling units as well as larger secure waste containers providing 
a confidential waste destruction process. Revenue is recognised on 
a time-apportioned basis in respect of rental and when destruction 
is complete. For the sale of paper products, revenue is recognised 
when the goods are delivered to the customers’ premises, which 
is taken to be the point in time at which the customer accepts the 
goods and the related risks and rewards of ownership transfer. 

The Group also provides services in respect of relocation, furniture 
storage, asset disposal and recycling. Revenue is recognised 
over the service period and is based upon the value of the work 
completed for removals, storage revenue is recognised on a per day 
basis for the furniture stored on behalf of its customers and when 
a disposal is complete.

Sale of goods

Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised when control of 
the goods has been transferred to the customer, the amount 
of revenue can be measured reliably, and the recovery of the 
consideration is probable.

Due to the one-off nature of exceptional items and the non-
cash element of certain charges, the Directors believe that an 
adjusted measure of operating profit, EBITDA, profit before tax and 
earnings per share provide shareholders with a more appropriate 
representation of the underlying earnings of the Group. The items 
adjusted for in arriving at these are amortisation of intangible 
assets, impairment charges, exceptional items and a standard tax 
charge.

Government grants 

Government grants are recognised in the Consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income so as to match with the related expenses 
that they are intended to compensate. They are recorded as an 
offset to the relevant expense and are capped to match the relevant 
cost incurred.

Intangible Assets

Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the 
cost of acquisition over the Group’s interest in the fair value of 
identifiable assets and liabilities of a subsidiary, at the date of 
acquisition. Goodwill is initially recognised as an asset at cost and is 
subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated impairment 
losses. Goodwill which is recognised as an asset is reviewed 
for impairment at least annually. Any impairment is recognised 
immediately in profit or loss and is not subsequently reversed. 

For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to 
each of the Group’s cash-generating units expected to benefit from 
the synergies of the combination. Cash-generating units to which 
goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or 
more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be 
impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit 
is less than the carrying amount of the unit, the impairment loss 
is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill 
allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro-
rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. 

On disposal of a subsidiary, the attributable amount of goodwill is 
included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

71

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Group financial statements continued

Other intangible assets

Other intangible assets are recognised when they are controlled 
through contractual or other legal rights, or are separable from the 
rest of the business, and their fair value can be reliably measured.

Customer relationships

Acquired customer relationships are identified as a separate 
intangible asset as they are separable and can be reliably measured 
by valuation of future cash flows. This valuation also assesses 
the life of the particular relationship. The life of the relationship 
is assessed annually, and management believes that a useful life 
of between 10-20 years is appropriate for customer relationship 
related intangible assets, depending upon the nature of the 
customer contract. All customer relationships are being amortised 
on a straight-line basis. The customer lists are considered annually 
to ensure that this classification is still appropriate.

Trade names

Acquired trade names are identified as a separate intangible asset. 
Trade names are being written off on a straight-line basis over ten 
years. The life of the trade name is assessed annually. 

Application software

Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of 
the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the specific software. 
These costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over their 
estimated useful lives (three to five years). 

Costs associated with developing or maintaining computer 
software programmes are recognised as an expense as incurred. 
Costs that are directly associated with the development of 
identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group, 
and that will probably generate economic benefits exceeding costs 
beyond one year, are recognised as intangible assets. 

Computer software development costs recognised as assets are 
amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives 
(expected to be up to five years). Residual values and useful lives are 
reviewed each year.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost, less 
accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. 
Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis on all property, 
plant and equipment, except freehold land. The useful economic 
lives of the Group’s different asset classes are set out below:

Freehold and long leasehold  
buildings 

Long leasehold land 

Basis

2–5% per annum

over the remaining life of the  
lease

Leasehold improvements 

over the life of the lease

Plant and machinery 

5–50% per annum

Racking 

5% per annum

Office equipment, fixtures  
and fittings 

Motor vehicles 

Leased Assets

10–40% per annum

20–25% per annum

Leases are recognised as a right of use asset and a corresponding 
liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by 
the Group. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and 
finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the 
lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest 
on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The right 
of use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life 
and the lease term on a straight-line basis. 

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on 
a present value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value 
of fixed lease payments (less any lease incentives receivable) and 
variable lease payment that are based on an index or a rate. The 
group is exposed to potential future increases in variable lease 
payments based on an index or rate, which are not included in the 
lease liability until they take effect. When adjustments to lease 
payments based on an index or rate take effect, the lease liability 
is reassessed and adjusted against the right-of-use asset. 

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit 
in the lease. If that rate cannot be determined interest rate 
structures based on the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate have 
been used, to reflect the rate that the lessee would have to pay to 
borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value in a 
similar economic environment with similar terms and conditions. 
The Group have applied the practical expedient as permitted by 
IFRS16 to apply a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with 
reasonably similar characteristics. To determine the incremental 
borrowing rate, the Group starts with a risk-free interest rate which 
factors in Group specific credit risk, and makes adjustments specific 
to the lease, for example based on the type of asset being leased 
and the lease term. 

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the amount of 
the initial measurement of the lease liability, lease payments made 
at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives 
received, initial direct costs and restoration costs. 

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-
value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense 
in profit or loss. Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 
12 months or less and low-value assets comprise IT-equipment and 
small items of office furniture.

72

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
Extension and termination options are included in a number of 
property and equipment leases across the Group. These terms 
are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing 
contracts. The majority of extension and termination options held 
are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor. 
Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only 
included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be 
extended (or not terminated).

Investments

Investments are carried at cost. An impairment test is performed on 
the carrying value of the investment when there is an impairment 
trigger. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which 
the asset’s carrying value exceeds its recoverable amount, when 
there is objective evidence for impairment including significant or 
prolonged decline in fair value below cost.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. 
Cost is determined on a first in first out basis. Net realisable value 
is the price at which inventories can be sold in the normal course 
of business. Provision is made where necessary for obsolete, slow 
moving and defective inventories.

Trade and Other Receivables

Trade receivables, classified as loans and receivables in accordance 
with IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’, are recorded initially at fair value 
and subsequently measured at amortised cost. A provision for 
impairment is established when the Company considers that there 
is a significant increase in credit risk, in line with the expected credit 
loss (‘ECL) model. The movement in the provision is recognised in 
profit or loss. 

Any other receivables are recognised at their initial fair value less 
the value of the impairment calculated.

Customer Incentives

Incentives provided to new customers are in the form of either 
costs borne on behalf of new customers or the provision of 
services free of charge. Such incentives are recognised as an asset 
at amortised cost at the point when the contract is signed and 
the costs are incurred, or when the service is provided and are 
amortised in the income statement over the period of the contract.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents as defined for the Consolidated 
statement of cash flows comprise cash in hand, cash held at bank 
with immediate access, overdrafts, other short-term investments 
and bank deposits with maturities of three months or less from the 
date of inception.

Assets Held for Sale

Assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their 
carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale 
transaction rather than continuing use. This condition is regarded as 
met only when a sale is highly probable and the asset (or disposal 
group) is available for immediate sale in its present condition. 
Management must be committed to the sale which should be 
expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one 
year from the date of classification. If this condition is no longer 
met and the assets and disposal groups are held for continuing 

use they are transferred out of assets held for sale in the current 
year. Disposal groups are groups of assets, and liabilities directly 
associated with those assets, that are to be disposed of together as 
a group in a single transaction. 

Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale 
are initially measured at the lower of carrying value and fair value 
less costs to sell. At subsequent reporting dates non-current 
assets (and disposal groups) are measured to the latest estimate 
of fair value less costs to sell. As a result of this measurement any 
impairment is recognised by charging to profit or loss. 

Trade Payables

Trade payables, classified as other liabilities in accordance with 
IFRS 9, are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. 
Other payables are stated at amortised cost.

Borrowings

Borrowings are classified as other liabilities in accordance with 
IFRS 9 and are recorded at the fair value of the consideration 
received, net of direct transaction costs. Finance charges are 
accounted for in profit or loss over the term of the instrument 
using the effective interest rate method.

Taxation

The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable 
and deferred tax.

Current tax

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. 
Taxable profit differs from accounting profit as reported in the 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income because it 
excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible 
in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable 
or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using 
tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the 
reporting date.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on 
differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities 
in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used 
in the computation of taxable profit and accounted for using the 
balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are generally 
recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax 
assets are recognised to the extent it is probable that taxable profits 
will be available against which deductible temporary differences 
can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the 
temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or 
from the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of 
other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither the tax 
profits nor the accounting profit. 

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply 
in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised based 
upon tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at 
the reporting date. Deferred tax is charged or credited in profit or 
loss, except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to 
other comprehensive income and equity, in which case the deferred 
tax is also dealt with in other comprehensive income and equity.

73

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Group financial statements continued

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that 
an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation 
and a reliable estimate of the amount can be made. If the effect is 
material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected 
future cash flows at an appropriate pre-tax discount rate.

Equity Instruments

Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at fair 
value net of transaction costs.

Share-Based Payments

The Group has applied the requirements of IFRS 2 Share-based 
payments. 

The Group issues equity settled share-based payments to certain 
employees. Equity settled share-based payments are measured 
at fair value at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the 
grant date of equity settled share-based payments is expensed on 
a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s 
estimate of shares that will eventually vest. Fair value is measured 
by use of a stochastic pricing model. Where employees’ contracts 
are terminated the options are treated as having been forfeited and 
accordingly previous charges are credited back to profit or loss if 
the option has not yet vested or retained earnings if the option has 
vested. 

The Group has the ability to net-settle share options such that only 
shares equating to the gain over the option price are issued directly 
to the option holder. This has the benefit of reducing the number 
of shares that must be issued in connection with an option exercise 
thereby reducing shareholder dilution. 

The Group recognise an accrual in respect of National Insurance 
payable on the exercise of all share options. The liability recognised 
depends on the number of options that are expected to be 
exercised, and the liability is adjusted by reference to the fair value 
of the options at the end of each reporting period.

Pensions

The Group operates a number of defined contribution pension 
schemes. Contributions are charged to profit or loss as incurred.

Financial Instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the 
Group’s statement of financial position when the Group has 
become party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. 
The Group uses derivative financial instruments when considered 
appropriate such as interest rate caps to hedge its risks associated 
with interest rates. Such derivative financial instruments are initially 
recognised at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract 
is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at fair value. 
Derivatives are carried as assets when the fair value is positive and 
as liabilities when the fair value is negative. 

Any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value on derivatives 
during the year that do not qualify for hedge accounting are taken 
directly to profit or loss.

Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements

The preparation of the Group’s financial statements requires 
management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and 
liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities, at the reporting 
date. However, uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates 
could result in outcomes that could require a material adjustment to 
the carrying amount of the asset or liability affected in the future.

Judgements

In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, 
management has made the following judgements, apart from those 
involving estimates, which have the most significant effect on the 
amounts recognised in the financial statements.

Exceptional items 

Management is required to exercise judgement in identifying items 
of expenditure or income which are one-off and non-recurring in 
nature, and which are presented as exceptional items within the 
financial statements. Principally included within exceptional items, 
and as disclosed in note 5, are transaction and restructuring costs 
in respect of acquisitions made by the Group during the year. These 
items warrant separate additional disclosure within the financial 
statements in order to fully understand the underlying performance 
of the Group. 

Determination of lease term 

In determining the lease term used to calculate the present value of 
future lease payments as required by IFRS16, management exercise 
judgement in considering all facts and circumstances that create 
an economic incentive to exercise an extension option, or not 
exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after 
termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease 
is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). 

Estimates and assumptions 

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources 
of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date that have a 
significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are 
discussed below. 

Valuation of separable intangibles on acquisition 

The Group has made eight acquisitions during the year. The key 
estimate that has been made is in respect of the valuation of 
customer relationships. 

When valuing the intangibles acquired in a business combination, 
management estimate the expected future cash flows from the 
asset, determine an appropriate period for the cashflows equivalent 
to the expected useful life of the asset, and select a suitable 
discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those cash 
flows. Separable intangibles valued on acquisitions made in the year 
related to customer relationships and were valued at £40.7 million 
(2020: £2.2 million) as detailed further in note 12.

74

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSImpairment of non-financial assets 

Market risk

The Group assesses whether there are any indicators of impairment 
for all non-financial assets at each reporting date. Goodwill is tested 
for impairment annually and at other times when such indicators exist. 
Other non-financial assets are tested for impairment when there are 
indicators that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. 

When value in use calculations are undertaken, management must 
estimate the expected future cash flows from the asset or cash-
generating unit and choose a suitable discount rate and long-term 
growth rate in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows. 
Further details are given in note 12. 

Incremental borrowing rate 

The Group have applied the practical expedient as permitted by 
IFRS16 to apply a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with 
reasonably similar characteristics. To determine the incremental 
borrowing rate, the Group starts with a risk-free interest rate which 
factors in Group specific credit risk and makes adjustments specific 
to the lease.

Foreign exchange risk

The Group operates primarily in the UK and has limited exposure to 
foreign exchange risk.

Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk

The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings. 
Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow 
interest rate risk. During the year, the Group’s borrowings at variable 
rates were denominated in pounds sterling. The Group analyses 
its interest rate exposure using financial modelling. Based on the 
various scenarios, the Group manages its cash flow interest rate 
risk by using interest rate swaps when considered appropriate. 
Such interest rate swaps have the economic effect of converting 
borrowings from floating rates to fixed rates at a certain level. 
Interest rate swaps are an agreement with other parties at quarterly 
intervals, to exchange the difference between fixed and floating rate 
calculated by reference to the notional principal amount. The Group 
does not currently hold any interest rate swaps.

Adoption of New and Revised Standards

Credit risk

Credit risk is managed on a Group basis, except for credit risk 
relating to accounts receivable balances. Each local entity is 
responsible for managing and analysing the credit risk for each 
of their new customers before standard payment, delivery terms 
and conditions are offered. Credit risk arises from cash and cash 
equivalents, derivative financial instruments and deposits with 
banks and financial institutions, as well as credit exposures to retail 
customers, including outstanding receivables and committed 
transactions. The maximum exposure is the carrying amount. 

With respect to credit risk arising from the other financial assets of 
the Group, which comprise cash and cash equivalents, the Group’s 
exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counterparty, 
with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these 
instruments.

Liquidity risk

The Group monitors its risk to a shortage of funds using a forecasting 
model. This model considers the maturity of both its financial assets 
and financial liabilities and projected cash flows from operations. 
The Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of 
funding and flexibility through the use of bank overdrafts, bank loans 
and finance in order to ensure that there is sufficient cash or working 
capital facilities to meet the requirements of the Group for its current 
business plan. A detailed analysis of the Group’s debt facilities is 
given in note 21.

The following new standards and amendments to standards were 
effective for the first time during the financial year: Covid-19-related 
Rent Concessions – Amendments to IFRS 16; and Interest Rate 
Benchmark Reform Phase 2 – Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 
7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16. These new standards and amendments to 
standards did not have a material effect on the financial statements.

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted

As at 31 December 2021, the following standards and interpretations 
had been issued but were not mandatory for annual reporting 
periods ending on 31 December 2021: IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts; 
Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before intended 
use – Amendments to IAS 16; Reference to the Conceptual 
Framework – Amendments to IFRS 3; Onerous Contracts – Cost of 
Fulfilling a Contract Amendments to IAS 37; Annual Improvements 
to IFRS Standards 2018–2020; Classification of Liabilities as 
Current or Non-current – Amendments to IAS 1; Disclosure of 
Accounting Policies – Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice 
Statement 2; Definition of Accounting Estimates – Amendments 
to IAS 8; Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising 
from a Single Transaction – Amendments to IAS 12; and Sale or 
contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or 
joint venture – Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28. 

3.  Financial Risk Management
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market 
risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and capital risk. The Group’s overall 
risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of 
financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects 
on the Group’s financial performance. 

The Group may use derivative financial instruments to hedge 
certain risk exposures.

Risk management is carried out centrally under policies approved 
by the Board of Directors. The Group evaluates and hedges 
financial risks. The Board provides written principles for overall risk 
management.

75

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Group financial statements continued

Capital risk

The Group’s main objective when managing capital is to protect returns to shareholders by ensuring the Group will trade profitably in the 
foreseeable future. The Group also aims to maximise its capital structure of debt and equity so as to minimise its cost of capital. 

The Group manages its capital with regard to the risks inherent in the business and the sector within which it operates by monitoring its 
gearing ratio on a regular basis. The Group considers its capital to include share capital, share premium, other reserves, retained earnings 
and net debt as noted below. Net debt includes short and long-term borrowings (including overdrafts) net of cash and cash equivalents. 

The Group’s strategy is to strengthen its capital base in order to sustain the future development of the business.

Debt to Capital Ratio

Total debt

Less: cash and cash equivalents (note 19)

Net debt

Total equity

Debt to capital ratio

2021
£’m

133.7

(32.9)

100.8

265.2

0.4

2020
£’m

92.5

(26.4)

66.1

218.6

0.3

On a consistent accounting policy basis, the gearing increased during 2021 compared to that in 2020. The Group’s debt has increased as 
a result of the acquisition spend during the year. The Group’s equity has increased from a combination of the equity raise in May 2021 and 
profit generation. The Group does not have any externally imposed capital requirements.

Fair value estimation

The fair value of financial instruments is market value.

4.  Segmental Analysis
During the year, the Directors have reviewed the Group’s operating segments, which has resulted in the classification of two new operating 
segments; Digital & Information Management, and Secure Lifecycle Services. The prior year comparatives have therefore been restated in 
accordance with these new segments.

Services per segment operate as described in the Strategic report. The vast majority of trading of the Group is undertaken within the United 
Kingdom. Segment assets include intangibles, property, plant and equipment, right of use assets, inventories, receivables and operating cash. 
Central assets include deferred tax and head office assets. Segment liabilities comprise operating liabilities. Central liabilities include income 
tax and deferred tax, corporate borrowings and head office liabilities. Capital expenditure comprises additions to computer software and 
property, plant and equipment. Segment assets and liabilities are allocated between segments on an actual basis.

Revenue

The revenue from external customers was derived from the Group’s principal activities primarily in the UK (where the Company is 
domiciled) as follows:

Revenue – Continuing operations

Restore Records Management

Restore Digital

Digital & Information Management 

Restore Technology

Restore Datashred

Restore Harrow Green

Secure Lifecycle Services 

Total Revenue

2021
£’m

101.4

36.9

138.3

28.1

30.2

37.7

96.0

234.3

(Restated)
2020
£’m

87.6

18.5

106.1

15.3

28.0

33.3

76.6

182.7

For the year ended 31 December 2021 no customers individually accounted for more than 3% (2020: 3%) of the Group’s total revenue.

76

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSSegmental information: 

Profit before tax

Digital & Information Management 

Secure Lifecycle Services

Head office

Amortisation of intangible assets

Impairment of intangible assets and investment

Exceptional items

Share-based payments charge (including related NI)

Operating profit

Finance costs

Profit before tax

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Capital expenditure

Depreciation and amortisation

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Capital expenditure

Depreciation and amortisation

5.  Exceptional Items

Acquisition transaction costs

Acquisition related restructuring costs

Restructuring and redundancy

Other exceptional items

Total

2021
£’m

42.5

11.7

(5.2)

(10.7)

–

(4.4)

(2.8)

31.1

(8.1)

23.0

Head
Office
£’m

8.9

129.0

0.4

0.4

Head
Office
£’m

13.6

87.1

0.2

0.1

2021
£’m

1.2

2.4

–

0.8

4.4

(Restated)
2020
£’m

34.0

3.2

(4.5)

(8.3)

(8.6)

(2.3)

(1.0)

12.5

(8.5)

4.0

31 December
2021
Total 
£’m

605.6

340.4

8.8

38.7

31 December
2020
Total 
£’m

497.3

278.7

7.3

34.0

2020
£’m

0.1

0.1

1.3

0.8

2.3

Digital &
Information
Management 
£’m

341.2

154.1

5.7

26.2

(Restated)
Digital &
Information
Management 
£’m

347.4

132.2

5.8

22.6

Secure
Lifecycle
Services 
£’m

255.5

57.3

2.7

12.1

(Restated)
Secure
Lifecycle
Services 
£’m

136.3

59.4

1.3

11.3

Restore’s strategy is to grow organically, through acquisition and from unlocking margin expansion opportunities, particularly the 
development of synergies across the Group. To deliver these goals, costs of a one-off or unusual nature may occur and in order to give a 
suitable representation of the underlying earnings of the Group, these are shown separately.

77

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Group financial statements continued

Acquisition related transaction costs and restructuring costs have increased from £0.2 million in 2020 to £3.6 million in 2021 as a result of 
the Group’s eight acquisitions during the year. Acquisition related exceptional costs represent 4% of the acquisition investment during the 
year, net of cash acquired.

Other exceptional costs in 2021 include defence costs in respect of a takeover proposal of the Group (£0.5 million), and the final adjustment 
to the legal liability in 2018 (£0.3 million), for which the total fine was £0.6 million, as disclosed in Group’s interim results. Other exceptional 
costs in 2020 include the first part of legal liability above, employer’s national insurance on legacy share option exercises (£0.3 million) and 
the costs associated with a corporate restructure (£0.2 million).

Restructuring costs in 2020 were as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, where the Group sought to reduce costs in the business on an 
ongoing basis through redundancies and site closures but had to incur some one-off costs to implement this (£1.3 million).

6.  Operating Profit

The following items have been included in arriving at operating profit:

Amortisation of intangible assets (note 12)

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets (notes 13 and 14)

Impairment of intangible assets (note 12)

Impairment of investment (note 15)

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets

Share-based payments charge (including related NI) (note 31)

Fees payable to the company’s auditors:

– Audit of the parent company and consolidated financial statements

– Audit of the company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

Expenses by function:

Staff costs (note 31)

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets (notes 13 and 14)

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets

Property related costs (excluding rent) 

Materials costs

Subcontractor costs

Selling and distribution expenses

Transport costs

Computer costs

Audit and tax costs

Legal and professional costs

Telecommunication costs

Exceptional items

Other expenses

Total cost of sales and administrative expenses 

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets and investment

Total operating costs

2021
 £’m

10.7

28.0

–

–

–

2.8

0.3

0.1

86.1

28.0

–

16.5

10.8

15.5

6.8

10.5

5.8

0.5

3.3

0.8

4.4

3.5

192.5

10.7

203.2

2020 
£’m

8.3

25.7

7.0

1.6

(0.1)

1.0

0.2

0.1

62.6

25.7

(0.1)

15.0

10.5

12.3

6.1

7.9

5.1

0.4

3.3

0.7

2.3

1.5

153.3

16.9

170.2

78

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTS7.  Finance Costs

Interest on bank loans and overdrafts

Interest on finance lease liabilities

Amortisation of deferred finance costs

Total

8.  Taxation

Current tax:

UK corporation tax on profit for the year

Adjustment in respect of previous periods

Total current tax

Deferred tax: (note 22)

Current year

Adjustment in respect of previous periods

Total deferred tax

Total tax charge

2021
£’m

2.6

5.2

0.3

8.1

2021
£’m

6.8

–

6.8

4.7

–

4.7

11.5

The charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit in the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income as follows:

Profit before tax

Profit before tax multiplied by the rate of corporation tax of 19.0% (2020 19.0%)

Effects of:

Expenses not deductible

Adjustment in respect of corporation tax for previous periods

Adjustment in respect of deferred tax for previous periods

Share-based payments 

Effect of change in rate used for deferred tax

Tax charge

2021
£’m

23.0

4.4

0.9

–

–

–

6.2

11.5

2020
£’m

2.8

5.4

0.3

8.5

2020
£’m

4.1

(0.4)

3.7

0.6

(0.5)

0.1

3.8

2020
£’m

4.0

0.8

2.0

(0.4)

(0.5)

0.2

1.7

3.8

The tax charge for the year is higher than the profit before tax multiplied by the rate of corporation tax (2020: higher).

An increase in the UK corporation tax rate from 19% to 25%, effective 1 April 2023, was substantively enacted on 24 May 2021. This will 
increase the company’s future current tax charge accordingly. Deferred tax at the balance sheet date has been measured using these 
enacted tax rates and reflected in these financial statements.

79

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Group financial statements continued

9.  Earnings Per Ordinary Share
Basic earnings per share have been calculated on the profit for the year after taxation and the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
in issue during the year.

Weighted average number of shares in issue

Total profit for the year

Total basic earnings per ordinary share

Weighted average number of shares in issue

Share options

Weighted average fully diluted number of shares in issue

Total fully diluted earnings per share

Continuing profit for the year

Continuing basic earnings per share

Continuing fully diluted earnings per share

Adjusted earnings per share

2021

2020

132,932,784

125,214,737

£11.5m

8.7p

£0.2m

0.2p

132,932,784

125,214,737

4,736,714

3,543,950

137,669,498

128,758,687

8.4p

£11.5m

8.7p

8.4p

0.2p

£0.2m

0.2p

0.2p

The Directors believe that the adjusted earnings per share provide a more appropriate representation of the underlying earnings derived 
from the Group’s business. The adjusting items are shown in the table below:

Continuing profit before tax

Adjustments:

Amortisation of intangible assets

Exceptional items

Impairment of intangible assets and investment

Adjusted continuing profit for the year 

2021
£’m

23.0

10.7

4.4

–

38.1

2020
£’m

4.0

8.3

2.3

8.6

23.2

The adjusted earnings per share, based on the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year, 132.9 million (2020: 125.2 
million) is calculated below:

Adjusted profit before tax (£’m)

Tax at 19.0% (£’m)

Adjusted profit after tax (£’m)

Adjusted basic earnings per share

Adjusted fully diluted earnings per share

2021

38.1

(7.2)

30.9

23.2p

22.4p

2020

23.2

(4.4)

18.8

15.0p

14.6p

80

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTS10. Dividends
The Directors recommend a final dividend of 4.7p per share for the year ended 31 December 2021 (2020: nil per share). The dividend will be 
paid on 8 July 2022 to shareholders on the register at 6 June 2022. An interim dividend of 2.5p, amounting to £3.4 million, was paid during 
the year (2020: £nil).

11.  Business Combinations
The Group’s strategy seeks to target the substantial acquisition opportunities that exist in all of the markets in which it operates, whilst 
applying strict investment discipline. The Group has completed eight acquisitions during the year. 

On 8 January 2021, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of Computer Disposals Ltd (“CDL”), a Technology business, which 
provides leading IT recycling and asset disposition (ITAD) services. CDL operates from a state-of-the-art facility, which provides further 
capacity for Restore’s operations in the North West of England. The acquisition has enhanced Restore Technology’s market share within the 
highly fragmented ITAD market.

On 1 March 2021, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of The Bookyard Ltd (“The Bookyard”), a Technology business, 
which provides leading Apple recycling and spare parts services. The Bookyard also operates two market-leading eCommerce sites, 
www.mac2cash.com and www.click4mac.com which respectively, offer trade-in and recycle options for Apple products throughout the UK. 
The acquisition has further strengthened Restore Technology’s capability in the growing recycling market for Apple products.

On 15 April 2021, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of Big Data Management Ltd (“1BDM”), a leading high-quality Records 
Management business. 1BDM is recognised as a high quality operator, and will increase Restore Record Management’s market share in the 
South East of England.

On 30 April 2021, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of Rainbow HoldCo Limited, which trades as EDM Group Limited (“EDM”). This 
acquisition is additive to the Group’s core Records Management business and transformational for its growing Digital business. Digital is a core 
growth segment for Restore with a sizeable UK addressable market, which is continuing to grow, underpinning the long-term structural growth 
trends which have been accelerated by COVID, with digitisation, flexible working and security of data becoming increasingly necessary for all 
businesses. The acquisition doubles Restore’s existing market share, and creates a stronger business which will benefit from operating as a 
larger platform, with the ability to deliver both cost synergies and cross-selling opportunities through accessing the wider service offerings.

On 9 August 2021, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of PRM Green Technologies Ltd (“PRM”), a Technology business, which 
provides leading IT recycling and asset disposition (ITAD) services. The business is located in Cannock in the Midlands, where all processing 
is carried out. The acquisition has enhanced Restore Technology’s market share within the highly fragmented ITAD market.

On 6 October 2021, the Group purchased the trade and assets of PS Management Solutions Ltd (“PSMS”). The acquisition is additive to the 
Group’s Shredding business.

On 12 October 2021, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of The Document Warehouse (UK) Ltd (“TDW”), a Records Management 
business which provides an additional, strategically well-located freehold site with capacity to service the key London and the south of 
England markets. 

On 30 November 2021, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of Capture All Ltd (“Capture All”), a Digital business based in Falkirk. 
Capture All is one of the UK’s leading providers in document scanning, storing and archiving. The facilities will be retained, and the business 
will continue to operate from this location, providing an additional outpost for Restore Digital.

As the Group is still in the process of establishing the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired, the fair values presented below are 
provisional.

81

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Group financial statements continued

The
Bookyard
£’m

CDL
£’m

1BDM
£’m

4.6

–

1.3

0.4

0.5

–

4.7

(1.7)

(0.4)

(0.2)

(1.0)

(0.2)

8.0

7.8

15.8

15.3

0.5

15.8

–

–

–

–

–

0.2

0.1

(0.1)

–

–

–

–

0.2

0.6

0.8

0.8

–

0.8

1.1

–

–

–

0.2

–

0.1

(0.1)

–

–

(0.2)

–

1.1

0.9

2.0

1.9

0.1

2.0

EDM
£’m

27.6

1.1

3.3

5.3

6.1

–

4.8

(8.0)

(5.3)

0.3

(4.6)

(1.3)

29.3

33.1

62.4

62.4

–

62.4

PRM
£’m

PSMS*
£’m

TDW
£’m

Capture
All
£’m

4.7

–

0.3

0.4

0.9

–

0.3

(0.7)

(0.4)

(0.4)

(1.1)

(0.1)

3.9

3.3

7.2

7.2

–

7.2

0.8

–

0.1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.9

–

0.9

0.9

–

0.9

1.7

–

4.9

–

–

–

–

(0.2)

–

–

(0.6)

–

5.8

0.7

6.5

6.2

0.3

6.5

0.2

–

0.2

0.2

0.1

–

0.2

(0.1)

(0.2)

–

–

–

0.6

0.3

0.9

0.9

–

0.9

Total
£’m

40.7

1.1

10.1

6.3

7.8

0.2

10.2

(10.9)

(6.3)

(0.3)

(7.5)

(1.6)

49.8

46.7

96.5

95.6

0.9

96.5

Intangibles – customer 
relationships

Intangibles – software

Property, plant and 
equipment 

Right-of-use assets

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Cash

Trade and other payables 

Lease liabilities

Corporation tax

Deferred taxation

Provisions

Net assets acquired

Goodwill

Consideration

Satisfied by:

Cash to Vendors

Deferred / contingent 
consideration

Total consideration

*  Trade and assets purchase.

The fair value of acquired receivables is £7.8 million, which is equivalent to the gross contractual amount of acquired receivables due. The 
loss allowance recognised on acquisition is not considered to be material.

The Goodwill arising across the acquisitions primarily represents the potential synergies and cross-selling to the Group’s existing 
operations; an extension of the Group’s national coverage, increasing the Group’s market share; access to new markets; and the skilled 
workforce and knowledge acquired.

During the year, deferred consideration of £1.3 million was paid, in relation to the acquisitions of Computer Disposals Ltd, Euro-Recycling 
Ltd and Secure IT Disposals Ltd (2020: £0.1 million).

Post acquisition results

The table below gives the revenue and profit for the acquisitions completed in the year and included in the consolidated results.

Revenue

Profit before tax since acquisition included in the Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

2021
£’m

30.0

6.3

2020
£’m

0.5

0.1

If the acquisitions had been completed on the first day of the financial year, Group revenue would have been £248.4 million and Group 
continuing profit before tax would have been £25.4 million. 

The acquisitions made during the year were to further extend national coverage, increase customers and sites and increase the Group’s 
market share in its Records Management, Digital, Technology and Shredding services.

82

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS

12. Intangible Assets

Cost

1 January 2020

Arising on acquisition of subsidiaries 

Arising on acquisition of trade and assets

Additions – external 

Disposals

31 December 2020

Arising on acquisition of subsidiaries 

Arising on acquisition of trade and assets

Additions – external 

31 December 2021

Accumulation amortisation and impairment

1 January 2020

Charge for the year

Impairment

Disposals

31 December 2020

Charge for the year

31 December 2021

Carrying amount

31 December 2021

31 December 2020

Goodwill
£’m

Customer
relationships
£’m

Trade names
£’m

Applications
software
£’m

164.1

1.7

–

–

–

165.8

46.7

–

–

212.5

10.6

–

7.0

–

17.6

–

17.6

194.9

148.2

125.9

4.3

2.0

0.2

–

–

128.1

39.9

0.8

–

168.8

26.4

7.1

–

–

33.5

9.1

42.6

126.2

94.6

–

–

–

–

4.3

–

–

–

4.3

2.2

0.3

–

–

2.5

0.3

2.8

1.5

1.8

6.1

–

–

1.3

(0.2)

7.2

1.1

–

2.0

10.3

3.7

0.9

–

(0.2)

4.4

1.3

5.7

4.6

2.8

Amortisation is charged to profit or loss as an administrative expense.

Total 
£’m

300.4

3.7

0.2

1.3

(0.2)

305.4

87.7

0.8

2.0

395.9

42.9

8.3

7.0

(0.2)

58.0

10.7

68.7

327.2

247.4

83

Restore plc Annual Report 2021Notes to the Group financial statements continued

The changes to goodwill during the year were as follows:

Cost

1 January 2020

Acquired – Euro-Recycling

31 December 2020

Acquired – CDL

Acquired – The Bookyard

Acquired – 1BDM

Acquired – EDM

Acquired – PRM

Acquired – TDW

Acquired – Capture All

31 December 2021

Accumulated impairment

1 January 2020 

Impairment charge

31 December 2020

Impairment charge

31 December 2021

Carrying amount

31 December 2021

31 December 2020

Goodwill has been allocated to the Group’s operating segments as follows: 

Digital & Information Management

Secure Lifecycle Services

Annual test for impairment

2021
£’m

141.8

53.1

194.9

£’m

164.1

1.7

165.8

7.8

0.6

0.9

33.1

3.3

0.7

0.3

212.5

10.6

7.0

17.6

–

17.6

194.9

148.2

2020
£’m

106.8

41.4

148.2

Under IAS 36, Goodwill is tested annually for impairment, irrespective of there being any impairment indicators. For the purpose of 
impairment testing, goodwill and other intangibles are allocated to business units which represent the lowest level at which that those assets 
are monitored for internal management purposes. The recoverable amount of each cash-generating unit (‘GCU’) is determined from value-in-
use calculations. The calculations use pre-tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets and forecasts approved by the Directors. The 
review performed in the year of the Group’s operating segments did not result in a change to the Group’s CGUs. 

At the year-end, an impairment review was conducted including downside scenario modelling, which indicated that no impairment was 
required to any CGUs. The year-end model utilises forecasts based upon the Group’s budget for 2022 and the Group’s Strategy Plan for 2023, 
2024 and 2025. Over the 4 year forecast, the CGUs have compound average growth rates for revenue ranging from 1%-7%, with pre IFRS 16 
EBITDA average margin varying between 11%-42%. Terminal cash flows are based on the Group’s 4 year projections, assumed to grow 
perpetually at 2%. In accordance with IAS 36, the growth rates for beyond the initially forecast years do not exceed the long-term average 
growth rate for the industry. The forecasts have been discounted at a pre-tax rate of 8.9% (2020: 8.8%). This discount rate was calculated 
using a pre-tax rate based on the weighted average cost of capital for the Group. 

For the Datashred CGU, an impairment would result if the business was not to return to close to pre-COVID-19 levels of trading by FY25, 
which is considered to be unlikely. Across all other CGUs, the Group have not identified any reasonably possible changes that would result 
in an impairment.

84

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTS13. Property, Plant and Equipment

Freehold and
long leasehold
land & buildings
£’m

Leasehold
improvements
£’m

Racking plant &
machinery
£’m

Office
equipment
fixtures &
fittings
£’m

Motor
vehicles
£’m

Cost

1 January 2020

Additions

Acquisitions

Disposals

31 December 2020

Additions

Acquisitions

Disposals

31 December 2021

Accumulated depreciation

1 January 2020

Charge for the year

Disposals

31 December 2020

Charge for the year 

Disposals

31 December 2021

Net book value

31 December 2021

31 December 2020

30.3

0.2

–

–

30.5

0.3

4.9

–

35.7

2.2

0.6

–

2.8

0.6

–

3.4

32.3

27.7

20.7

2.1

–

(0.3)

22.5

2.5

1.4

–

26.4

5.0

1.6

(0.3)

6.3

2.5

–

8.8

17.6

16.2 

41.3

2.9

0.3

(1.9)

42.6

1.9

0.4

–

44.9

16.6

3.9

(1.9)

18.6

4.0

–

22.6

22.3

24.0

5.2

0.8

–

(0.1)

5.9

2.0

2.9

–

10.8

3.1

0.9

(0.1)

3.9

1.3

–

5.2

5.6

2.0

3.5

–

0.1

(1.9)

1.7

0.1

0.5

(0.1)

2.2

2.3

0.6

(1.9)

1.0

0.3

(0.1)

1.2

1.0

0.7

Capital expenditure contracted for but not provided in the financial statements is shown in note 32.

Depreciation is charged to profit or loss as an administrative expense. 

Total 
£’m

101.0

6.0

0.4

(4.2)

103.2

6.8

10.1

(0.1)

120.0

29.2

7.6

(4.2)

32.6

8.7

(0.1)

41.2

78.8

70.6

85

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Group financial statements continued

14. Right-of-use assets

Cost

1 January 2020

Additions

Disposals

31 December 2020

Additions

Acquired

Disposals

31 December 2021

Accumulated depreciation

1 January 2020

Charge for the year

Disposals

31 December 2020

Charge for the year

Disposals

31 December 2021

Net book value

31 December 2021

31 December 2020

15. Investment

Carrying value

1 January 

Impairment

31 December

Office
equipment,
fixtures and
fittings
£’m

Leasehold
Property
£’m

Motor
Vehicles
£’m

116.4

6.8

(6.3)

116.9

7.2

6.3

(2.4)

128.0

13.3

13.5

(5.8)

21.0

15.2

(2.4)

33.8

94.2

95.9

0.8

0.5

(0.1)

1.2

–

–

(1.1)

0.1

0.6

0.5

(0.1)

1.0

0.1

(1.1)

–

0.1

0.2

15.0

3.3

(0.5)

17.8

1.2

–

(1.8)

17.2

3.2

4.1

(0.5)

6.8

4.0

(1.8)

9.0

8.2

11.0

2021
£’m

–

–

–

Total 
£’m

132.2

10.6

(6.9)

135.9

8.4

6.3

(5.3)

145.3

17.1

18.1

(6.4)

28.8

19.3

(5.3)

42.8

102.5

107.1

2020
£’m

1.6

(1.6)

–

The Group holds a 40% investment in Ink and Toner Limited, a printer cartridge recycling business which was fully impaired in 2020. 

16. Inventories

Finished goods and goods for resale

£6.6 million (2020: £7.0 million) of inventories were recognised as an expense in cost of sales in the year.

2021
£’m

1.4

2020
£’m

0.9

86

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTS17.  Trade and Other Receivables

Trade receivables 

Less: Loss allowance

Trade receivables – net

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

2021
£’m

34.7

(0.2)

34.5

0.4

22.0

56.9

2020
£’m

22.8

(0.3)

22.5

0.6

18.1

41.2

The average credit period is 51 days (2020: 44 days). No interest is charged on the trade receivables for the first 30 days from the date of 
the invoice. Thereafter, interest may be charged at 2% per annum on the outstanding balance (2020: 2%).

Trade receivables are provided for based on estimated irrecoverable amounts, determined by reference to past payment history and the 
current financial status of the customers.

Movement in loss allowance

1 January

Additional provision

Utilised

Released

31 December

2021
£’m

0.3

0.1

–

(0.2)

0.2

2020
£’m

0.4

0.2

(0.1)

(0.2)

0.3

In determining the recoverability of the trade receivables, the Group considers any change in the credit quality of the trade receivable from 
the date credit was initially granted up to the reporting date. See note 21 for an analysis of trade receivables that were past due but not 
impaired. 

Customer incentives are included within prepayments as follows:

Incentives recognised – 31 December 

Credit to income in the year

18. Trade and Other Payables

Trade payables

Other taxation and social security

Other payables

Accruals and deferred income

2021
£’m

3.8

1.3

2021
£’m

15.0

9.1

0.7

20.7

45.5

2020
£’m

3.5

2.3

2020
£’m

12.5

12.4

–

13.9

38.8

The Group has financial risk management policies in place to ensure that all payables are paid within the credit time frame. Trade and other 
payables principally comprise amounts outstanding for trade purchases and ongoing costs. The average credit period for trade purchases is 
43 days (2020: 46 days).

87

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Group financial statements continued

19.  Financial Liabilities – Borrowings

Non-current

Bank loans – secured 

Deferred financing costs

2021
£’m

134.0

(0.3)

133.7

2020
£’m

93.0

(0.5)

92.5

At 31 December 2021, the bank debt was due to The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Barclays Bank plc, Bank of Ireland, Clydesdale Bank plc and 
Allied Irish Bank and was secured by a fixed and floating charge over the assets of the Group. The interest rate profile and an analysis of 
borrowings is given in note 21. Under the bank facility the Group was required to meet quarterly covenant tests in respect of interest cover 
and leverage. 

On 18 January 2022, the Group extinguished its financing arrangement in place at 31 December 2021, and replaced it with a new 
£200 million revolving credit facility. Refer to note 21 for further details.

All covenant tests were met during the year and the Directors expect to continue to meet the covenant tests under the new facility.

Analysis of net debt

Cash at bank and in hand

Bank loans due within one year

Bank loans due after one year

20. Financial Liabilities – lease liabilities

Obligations under leases – present value of lease liabilities

Repayable by instalments:

In less than one year

In two to five years

More than five years

2021
£’m

32.9

–

(133.7)

(100.8)

2021
£’m

117.0

18.2

55.1

43.7

117.0

2020
£’m

26.4

–

(92.5)

(66.1)

2020
£’m

120.7

16.7

51.8

52.2

120.7

21. Financial Instruments
The Group’s financial instruments comprise cash at bank, bank loans and various other receivable and payable balances that arise from its 
operations. The main purpose of these financial instruments is to finance the Group’s operations.

Cash at bank

Bank overdraft

Cash and cash equivalents 

2021
£’m

32.9

–

32.9

2020
£’m

26.4

–

26.4

An expected credit loss (‘ECL’) model in accordance with IFRS 9 has been applied to the Group’s trade receivables. The Group have utilised 
a simplified approach which is permitted by the standard, which applies a credit risk percentage based upon historical risk of default against 
receivables that are grouped into age brackets. The group’s trade receivables share similar risk characteristics and therefore we have chosen 
to apply the same default percentage of 0.6% on all outstanding receivables. The Group has a low credit risk on its trade receivables and 
historic defaults.

We review our loans and receivables in line with the application of IFRS 9 and the expected credit loss (‘ECL’) model in accordance with our 
Group policy and this will continue on an ongoing basis.

As at 31 December 2021, trade receivables of £1.2 million (2020: £1.3 million) were past due but not impaired. 

88

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThese relate to a number of independent customers with no recent history of default. The ageing analysis of these trade receivables is as 
follows:

60–90 days

Greater than 90 days

2021
£’m

0.3

0.9

2020
£’m

0.8

0.5

The main financial risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are interest rate risk and liquidity risk. The Directors review and agree 
policies for managing each of these risks. Interest rates are regularly reviewed to ensure competitive rates are paid. Detailed cash flow 
forecasts are produced on a regular basis to minimise liquidity risks.

Carrying value of financial assets and liabilities excluding cash and borrowings

Loans and receivables

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

2021
£’m

34.9

(153.4)

2020
£’m

23.1

(147.1)

Trade and other receivables/payables are carried through comprehensive income where the carrying values are either fair value or 
approximate fair value.

Currency and interest rate risk profile of financial liabilities 

The interest rate risk profile of the Group’s gross borrowings for the year was:

Currency

Sterling at 31 December 2021

Sterling at 31 December 2020

Interest rate sensitivity

Floating
rate financial
liabilities
£’m

Weighted
average
 interest rates
%

133.7

92.5

1.9

2.3

Total
£’m

133.7

92.5

At 31 December 2021, if interest rates had been 50 basis points higher and all other variables were held constant, it is estimated that the 
Group’s profit before tax would be approximately £0.6 million (2020: £0.5 million) lower. This is mainly attributable to the Group’s exposure 
to interest rates on its variable rate borrowings and is based on the change taking place at the beginning of the financial year and held 
constant throughout the year.

The Group’s sensitivity to future interest rates changes has increased during the current year due to the increased debt resulting from 
acquisition activity.

Financial assets recognised in the statement of financial position and interest rate profile

All financial assets are short-term receivables and cash at bank. The cash at bank earns interest based on the variable bank base rate and is 
held with Barclays Bank plc.

Maturity of financial liabilities

The maturity profile of the carrying amount of the Group’s financial liabilities (including interest payments) other than short-term trade 
payables and accruals which are due within one year was as follows:

Within one year, or on demand

Between two and five years

More than five years

Bank
debt
£’m

–

133.7

–

133.7

Other
financial
liabilities*
£’m

54.6

55.1

43.7

153.4

* 

 Other financial liabilities include trade payables, accruals, amounts owing under lease arrangements and contingent and deferred consideration.

2021
Total
£’m

54.6

188.8

43.7

287.1

89

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Group financial statements continued

Within one year, or on demand

Between two and five years

More than five years

Bank
debt
£’m

–

92.5

–

92.5

Other
financial
liabilities*
£’m

43.1

51.8

52.2

147.1

2020
Total
£’m

43.1

144.3

52.2

239.6

* 

 Other financial liabilities include trade payables, accruals, amounts owing under lease arrangements and contingent and deferred consideration.

Borrowing facilities

At 31 December 2021, the Company had a finance facility with The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Barclays Bank plc, Bank of Ireland, 
Clydesdale Bank plc and Allied Irish Bank which was due to expire on 26 March 2023. The facility consisted of a single £160 million Revolving 
Credit Facility (“RCF”), which is partly reduced by an on demand net overdraft facility of £1.5 million. In addition, there was an uncommitted 
accordion facility of £30.0 million, and an overdraft of £1.5 million. £1.5 million of the overdraft facility was unutilised at 31 December 2021 
(2020: £1.5 million). Committed but undrawn borrowing facilities at 31 December 2021 amounted to £24.5 million (2020: £65.5 million).

On 18 January 2022, the Group extinguished its financing arrangement in place at 31 December 2021, and replaced it with a new 
£200 million unsecured, multi-currency revolving facility agreement (“RCF”) on enhanced terms.  The new RCF, which substantially 
increases the Group’s funding capacity for investment activity, is for an initial three-year tenor, expiring on 30 April 2025, with an option to 
extend the term by two further one-year periods at the Company’s request, subject to lender consent.  The RCF is provided by a syndicate 
of six lenders being, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Barclays Bank plc, Bank of Ireland, Clydesdale Bank plc, Bank of China and Citibank. 
The RCF has financial covenants that are consistent with the previous facility and also includes an additional £50 million uncommitted 
accordion.

All of the Company’s borrowings are currently in sterling.

Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities

The Group’s financial assets and liabilities bear floating interest rates and are relatively short-term in nature. In the opinion of the Directors 
the book values of the assets and liabilities equate to their fair value.

Interest rate management

The Group does not currently hold any interest rate swaps to mitigate the risk of changing interest rates on the issued variable rate debt 
held due to the current interest rates incurred and forecasted market rates. This policy is reviewed on a regular basis by the Board.

22. Deferred Tax
Summary of balances

Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax asset

Net position at 31 December 

2021
£’m

(33.9)

5.9

(28.0)

2020
£’m

(19.8)

3.4

(16.4)

The corporation tax rate increase from 19% to 25%, effective 1 April 2023, was substantively enacted on 24 May 2021. Deferred taxes at the 
balance sheet date reflected in these financial statements have been measured using the newly enacted tax rate.

The movement in the year in the Group’s net deferred tax position is as follows:

1 January

Charge to income statement for the year

Tax credited / (charged) directly to equity

Acquisitions

31 December 

2021
£’m

(16.4)

(4.7)

0.6

(7.5)

(28.0)

2020
£’m

(14.6)

(0.1)

(1.3)

(0.4)

(16.4)

90

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Group and the movements thereon during the year:

Deferred tax liabilities

1 January 2020

Charge to income for the year

Acquisitions

31 December 2020

Charge to income for the year

Acquisitions

31 December 2021

Deferred tax liabilities are analysed as follows:

Current

Non- current

Total

Deferred tax assets

1 January 2020

Credit to income for the year

Charge directly to equity

31 December 2020

Credit to income for the year

Credit directly to equity

Acquisitions

31 December 2021

Deferred tax assets are analysed as follows:

Current

Non- current

Total

Accelerated
capital
allowances
£’m

Intangible
assets
£’m

Properties
£’m

(0.7)

(0.1)

–

(0.8)

(0.1)

–

(0.9)

(16.8)

(0.8)

(0.4)

(18.0)

(5.4)

(8.0)

(31.4)

(0.9)

(0.1)

–

(1.0)

(0.6)

–

(1.6)

2021
£’m

(6.1)

(27.8)

(33.9)

Share-based
payments
£’m

Provisions
£’m

Leases
£’m

Pensions
£’m

2.1

–

(1.3)

0.8

0.7

0.6

–

2.1

–

–

–

–

0.1

–

0.5

0.6

1.7

0.9

–

2.6

0.5

–

–

3.1

–

–

–

–

0.1

–

–

0.1

2021
£’m

0.7

5.2

5.9

Total 
£’m

(18.4)

(1.0)

(0.4)

(19.8)

(6.1)

(8.0)

(33.9)

2020
£’m

(1.1)

(18.7)

(19.8)

Total 
£’m

3.8

0.9

(1.3)

3.4

1.4

0.6

0.5

5.9

2020
£’m

1.4

2.0

3.4

91

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Group financial statements continued

23. Provisions

1 January

Additional provision

Acquired provision

Released

31 December 

2021
£’m

6.9

0.3

1.6

–

8.8

2020
£’m

6.8

0.2

–

(0.1)

6.9

Included within provisions is a dilapidation provision which relates to the future anticipated costs to restore leased properties into their 
original state at the end of the lease term. This provision has been discounted at an average discount rate of 4.0% (2020: 3.9%).

Provisions are analysed as follows:

Current

Non-current

Total

24. Called Up Share Capital

Authorised:

199,000,000 (2020: 199,000,000) ordinary shares of 5p each

Allotted, issued and fully paid:

136,674,067 (2020: 125,654,025) ordinary shares of 5p each

The issued ordinary share capital is as follows:

Date

1 January 2020

16 January 2020 – exercise of share options

22 April 2020 – exercise of share options

16 June 2020 – exercise of share options

9 July 2020– exercise of share options

19 August 2020 – exercise of share options

31 December 2020

20 April 2021 – exercise of share options

5 May 2021 – equity raised to acquire EDM

31 December 2021

2021
£’m

0.9

7.9

8.8

2021
£’m

10.0

6.8

Number of
ordinary
shares

124,419,734

478,000

42,142

33,077

340,536

340,536

125,654,025

61,138

10,958,904

136,674,067

2020
£’m

0.4

6.5

6.9

2020
£’m

10.0

6.3

Issue
price

5.0p

5.0p

5.0p

5.0p

5.0p

5.0p

5.0p

61,138 (2020: 1,234,291) ordinary shares were issued as a result of the exercise of share options which were net-settled at the market price 
on the day of exercise.  

92

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTS25. Share Premium Account

1 January

Premium on shares issued during the year

Share issue costs

31 December 

2021
£’m

150.3

39.5

(1.9)

187.9

2020
£’m

150.3

–

–

150.3

The Company may use the reserve to reduce a deficit in the retained earnings of the Company from time to time subject to shareholders 
and court approval and the Company may release the reserve upon transferring to a blocked trust bank account a sum equal to the 
remaining amount outstanding to non-consenting creditors that existed at the date of the capital reduction.

26. Other Reserves

1 January 2020

Current tax on share-based payments charge 

Deferred tax on share-based payments charge

Share-based payments charge 

Purchase of treasury shares

31 December 2020

Current tax on share-based payments charge 

Deferred tax on share-based payments charge

Share-based payments charge 

Transfer*

Purchase of treasury shares

Disposal of treasury shares

31 December 2021

Share-based
payments
reserve
£’m

Treasury 
shares
£’m

6.1

0.8

(1.3)

1.2

–

6.8

0.2

0.6

2.2

(0.2)

–

–

9.6

–

–

–

–

(0.8)

(0.8)

–

–

–

–

(2.6)

0.8

(2.6)

Total
£’m

6.1

0.8

(1.3)

1.2

(0.8)

6.0

0.2

0.6

2.2

(0.2)

(2.6)

0.8

7.0

* 

In 2021 a net amount of £0.2 million was reclassified from share-based payments reserve to retained earnings in respect of lapsed and exercised options.

The share-based payments reserve comprises charges made to the income statement in respect of share-based payments under the 
Group’s equity compensation schemes.

The Group’s Employee Benefit Trust (‘EBT’) was established on 15 January 2019. The Trustee of the EBT holds shares in the Company for future 
satisfaction of options to employees granted under the Group’s Share Option Plans. These shares are accounted for as treasury shares.

27.  Retained Earnings

1 January 

Profit for the year

Issue of shares

Dividends

Transfers*

Disposal of treasury shares

31 December

2021
£’m

56.0

11.5

–

(3.4)

0.2

(0.8)

63.5

2020
£’m

55.9

0.2

(0.1)

–

–

–

56.0

* 

In 2021 a net amount of £0.2 million was reclassified from share-based payments reserve to retained earnings in respect of lapsed and exercised options.

Retained earnings are the balance of income retained by the Group. Retained earnings may be distributed to shareholders by a dividend payment.

93

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Group financial statements continued

28. Cash generated from operating activities

Continuing operations

Profit before tax

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets

Amortisation of intangible assets

Net finance costs

Share-based payments charge

Impairment of intangible assets and investment

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets

(Increase) / decrease in inventories

(Increase) / decrease in trade and other receivables

(Decrease) / increase in trade and other payables

Cash generated from operating activities

2021
£’m

23.0

28.0

10.7

8.1

2.2

–

–

(0.3)

(7.8)

(4.0)

59.9

2020
£’m

4.0

25.7

8.3

8.5

1.2

8.6

(0.1)

0.5

7.8

2.4

66.9

29. Pensions
The Group operates a number of defined contribution schemes for all qualifying employees. The assets of the schemes are held separately 
from those of the Group in funds under the control of trustees. The total cost charged to profit or loss of £1.8 million (2020: £1.8 million) 
represents contributions payable to these schemes by the Group at rates specified in the rules of the plan.

30. Share-Based Payments
Savings Related Share Option Scheme (Sharesave)

The Group operates a Savings Related Share Option Scheme which is open to all employees with more than 6 months continuous service. 
This is an approved HMRC scheme and was established in 2018. 

Under Sharesave, participants remaining in the Group’s employment at the end of the three year savings period are entitled to use their 
savings to purchase shares in the Company at a stated exercise price. 

Employees leaving for certain reasons are able to use their savings to purchase shares within six months of their leaving. During the year, 
847,015 new awards were granted (2020: nil).

A reconciliation of Sharesave share option movements is below:

Outstanding at 1 January

Issued 

Lapsed

Forfeited

Cancelled

Exercised 

Outstanding at 31 December

Exercisable at 31 December

2021
Weighted
average
exercise
price

302.7p

309.0p

364.7p

284.2p

317.0p

397.2p

303.4p

432.0p

2021
Number

677,535

847,015

(5,852)

(9,577)

(133,446)

(24,597)

1,351,078

79,950

2020
Weighted
average
exercise
price

306.0p

–

–

–

327.0p

–

302.7p

–

2020
Number

781,703

–

–

–

(104,168)

–

677,535

–

The weighted average contractual life of the remaining options outstanding at 31 December 2021 was 2.0 years (2020: 1.7 years).

94

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSOptions were valued using a Binomial model. The fair value per option and the assumptions used in the calculation for the options issued 
were as follows:

Share price at grant date

Exercise price

Share options 

Expected volatility

Risk free rate

Expected dividend yield

Expected life of options (years)

Fair value per option

Model used

2021

£4.13

£3.09

847,015

39.21%

0.15%

1.67%

3

£1.45

Binomial

2020

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

The total fair value of Sharesave options issued in 2021 was £1.2 million (2020: £nil). 

Volatility has been calculated taking into account historical volatility over a period commensurate with the expected life of the awards.

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

The LTIP was established in 2018 and the first awards were made in 2019. Under the Long Term Incentive Plan, shares are conditionally 
awarded to senior employees of the Company. The awards are calculated as a percentage of the participants’ salaries and scaled according 
to seniority.

Performance is measured at the end of the three year performance period. If the required performance conditions have been met, the 
awards vest and may be subject to a further holding period of up to two years. These awards have no associated exercise price. 

During the year, the ROIC performance conditions in respect of the 2019 and 2020 LTIP were modified. This modification did not result in 
an additional charge to the statement of comprehensive income as the fair value measured immediately before and after the modification 
did not increase.

A reconciliation of LTIP share option movements is below:

Outstanding at 1 January

Granted

Forfeited

Outstanding at 31 December

Exercisable at 31 December

The weighted average contractual life of the remaining LTIP awards is 11.4 years (2020: 11.9 years).

2021
Number

1,221,415

761,155

–

2020
Number

691,184

615,556

(85,325)

1,982,570

1,221,415

–

–

95

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Group financial statements continued

The fair value of the options granted in the year without market-based performance conditions were estimated using a Binomial model. 
The fair value of the options granted with market-based performance conditions were estimated using Monte-Carlo model taking into 
account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. The following table lists the key inputs and assumptions used to 
value the LTIP grants:

Weighted average share price at grant date

Exercise price

Share options

Expected volatility 

Risk Free rate of return 

Expected dividend yield 

Expected life of options (years)

Weighted average fair value per option

Model used

2021 
LTIP subject
to fully diluted 
EPS

2021 
LTIP subject
to TSR

2020 
LTIP subject
to ROIC

2020 
LTIP subject
to TSR

£4.04

£nil

570,866

n/a

n/a

n/a

3

£4.04

£4.04

£nil

190,289

39.43%

0.13%

n/a

3

£2.54

£3.66

£nil

461,667

28.83%

0.69%

n/a

3

£3.75

£3.66

£nil

153,889

28.83%

0.69%

n/a

3

£1.25

Binomial

Monte-Carlo

Black Scholes

Monte-Carlo

The total fair value of LTIP options issued in 2021 was £2.8 million (2020: £1.9 million).

Volatility has been calculated taking into account historical volatility over a period commensurate with the expected life of the awards. Nil 
cost awards with non-market based performance conditions are not affected by share price volatility.

Executive Committee bonus surrender for shares award:

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, instead of awarding a cash bonus to the Executive Committee, a deferred discretionary bonus was 
awarded in the form of a share award, conditional only upon individuals remaining in employment over a fixed period of time. During the 
year 153,066 awards were granted (2020: nil). These awards have no associated exercise price.

A reconciliation of the share option movements is below:

Outstanding at 1 January

Granted

Outstanding at 31 December

Exercisable at 31 December

2021
Number

–

153,066

153,066

–

2020
Number

–

–

–

–

The weighted average contractual life of the remaining awards is 0.6 years (2020: n/a).

Options were valued using a Binomial model. The fair value per option and the assumptions used in the calculation for the options issued 
were as follows:

Weighted average share price at grant date

Exercise price

Share options 

Expected volatility

Risk free rate

Weighted average expected dividend yield

Expected life of options (years)

Fair value per option
Model used

Legacy share option scheme

2021

£4.07

£nil

153,066

n/a

n/a

1.23%

1

£4.01
Binomial

2020

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

The Restore share option scheme was introduced in April 2010 and the last award under the scheme was made in December 2018. Under 
the scheme the Remuneration Committee could grant options over shares in the Company to Directors and employees of the Group. 

Options were granted at a fixed price equal to the market price of the shares under option at the date of grant. Awards under the scheme 
were generally reserved for employees at senior management level and above.

96

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSBetween 2010 and 2018 the Company made grants of options to Senior Management and Directors, on which there are no performance 
conditions and which are exercisable within 0–10 years. 

A reconciliation of the legacy share option movements is below:

Outstanding at 1 January

Exercised

Forfeited

Exercised from EIP

Outstanding at 31 December

Exercisable at 31 December 

2021
Weighted
Average
Exercise
price

312.1p

125.4p

–

–

371.1p

371.1p

2021
Number

1,645,000

(395,000)

–

–

1,250,000

1,250,000

2020
Weighted
Average
Exercise
price

234.6p

294.7p

506.7p

–

312.1p

240.2p

2020
Number

3,625,072

(371,000)

(450,000)

(1,159,072)

1,645,000

1,095,000

The weighted average contractual life of the remaining awards is 8.0 years (2020: 7.9 years).

The exercisable options outstanding at 31 December 2021 had an exercisable price of between 149.5p and 516.0p.

During 2020, Charles Skinner exercised his remaining options under the nil cost Executive Incentive Plan (‘EIP’).

31. Directors and Employees

Staff costs during the year

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Post employment benefits

Share-based payments charge (including related NI)

Average monthly number of employees during the year

Directors 

Management

Administration 

Operatives 

Total amounts for Directors’ remuneration and other benefits

Emoluments for Directors’ services*

Directors’ remuneration shown above included the following amounts  
in respect of the highest paid Director: 

2021
£’m

74.7

6.8

1.8

2.8

86.1

2020
£’m

53.9

5.9

1.8

1.0

62.6

2021
Number

2020
Number

6

158

409

1,877

2,450

2021
£’m

1.9

6

110

386

1,504

2,006

2020
£’m

1.3

Aggregate emoluments*

1.0

0.7

*  £nil (2020: £0.2 million) related to a bonus in respect of the previous year.

97

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Group financial statements continued

Key management compensation

Salaries, wages and incentives

Social security costs

Post employment benefits

Other benefits

Share-based payments charge

The key management of the Group are the Executive Committee and business unit senior leadership teams.

32. Capital Commitments

Capital expenditure

Contracted for but not provided in the financial statements

2021
£’m

7.6

1.2

0.4

0.1

2.2

11.5

2021
£’m

1.3

2020
£’m

5.5

0.9

0.4

0.1

1.0

7.9

2020
£’m

3.3

The capital commitments consist of £1.3 million (2020: £3.0 million) in respect of general plant and equipment and £nil (2020: £0.3 million) 
in respect of land and buildings.

33. Contingent Liabilities
The Company has entered into a bank cross guarantee with its subsidiaries. The guarantee amounts to £100.8 million at 31 December 2021 
(2020: £66.1 million). The assets of the Company and its subsidiaries are pledged as security for the bank borrowings, by way of a fixed and 
floating charge.

34. Related Party Transactions and Controlling Party
The remuneration of key management personnel and details of the Directors’ emoluments are shown in note 31. During the year, dividends 
of £784, £462, £386, £185 and £100 were paid to Charles Bligh, Neil Ritchie, Sharon Baylay-Bell, Jamie Hopkins and Susan Davy respectively 
(2020: No dividends were paid). 

The Directors do not consider there to be a controlling party.

35. Post Balance Sheet Events
On 18 January 2022, the Group extinguished its £160 million financing arrangement in place at 31 December 2021, and replaced it with 
a new RCF which runs to 30 April 2025, providing borrowing facilities of up to £200 million plus a further uncommitted accordion of 
£50 million. The Group has significant headroom within its borrowing facilities which provides flexibility to invest as opportunities arise.

98

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCompany statement of financial position
At 31 December 2021

Company registered number: 05169780

ASSETS

Non-current assets

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Investments

Deferred tax asset

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Corporation tax receivable

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Corporation tax payable
Financial liabilities – leases liabilities

Provisions

Non-current liabilities

Financial liabilities – borrowings

Financial liabilities – lease liabilities

Other long term liabilities

Deferred tax liability

Provisions

Total liabilities

Net assets
EQUITY

Share capital

Share premium account

Other reserves

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to the owners of the parent

The Company’s profit for the financial year was £9.6 million (2020: £8.3 million). 

Note

36

37

38

39

46

40

41

43

42

44

47

43

44

44

46

47

48

2021
£’m

170.8

52.9

73.3

96.1

4.2

397.3

0.5

123.0

–

16.0

139.5

536.8

(19.2)

(1.5)
(12.3)

(0.7)

(33.7)

(133.7)

(73.5)

(18.0)

(19.7)

(5.3)

(250.2)

(283.9)
252.9

6.8

187.9

6.1

52.1

252.9

2020
£’m

172.9

53.9

73.8

89.0

3.1

392.7

0.4

31.2

0.3

17.0

48.9

441.6

(17.1)

–

(10.9)

(0.3)

(28.3)

(92.5)

(74.8)

(16.7)

(15.3)

(5.5)

(204.8)

(233.1)
208.5

6.3

150.3

5.4

46.5

208.5

These financial statements on pages 99 to 116 were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 16 March 2022 and 
were signed on its behalf by:

Charles Bligh 
Chief Executive Officer 

Neil Ritchie
Chief Financial Officer

99

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Company statement of changes in equity 
For the year ended 31 December 2021

Attributable to owners of the parent

Share 
capital
£’m

Share 
premium
£’m

Other 
reserves
£’m

Retained 
earnings
£’m

150.3

5.5

Balance at 1 January 2020

Profit for the year 

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners

Issue of shares during the year

Impact of corporate restructure

Current tax on share-based payments

Deferred tax on share-based payments

Share-based payments charge

Purchase of treasury shares

Balance at 31 December 2020

Balance at 1 January 2021

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Transactions with owners

Issue of shares during the year

Issue costs

Dividends

Current tax on share-based payments

Deferred tax on share-based payments

Share-based payment charge

Transfers*

Purchase of treasury shares

Disposal of treasury shares

Balance at 31 December 2021

6.2

–

–

0.1

–

–

–

–

–

6.3

6.3

–

–

0.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

150.3

150.3

–

–

39.5

(1.9)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.8

(1.3)

1.2

(0.8)

5.4

5.4

–

–

–

–

–

0.2

0.3

2.2

(0.2)

(2.6)

0.8

6.1

14.4

8.3

8.3

(0.1)

23.9

–

–

–

–

46.5

46.5

9.6

9.6

–

–

(3.4)

–

–

–

0.2

–

(0.8)

52.1

Total 
equity
£’m

176.4

8.3

8.3

–

23.9

0.8

(1.3)

1.2

(0.8)

208.5

208.5

9.6

9.6

40.0

(1.9)

(3.4)

0.2

0.3

2.2

–

(2.6)

–

252.9

6.8

187.9

* 

 In 2021 a net amount of £0.2 million was reclassified from share-based payments reserve to retained earnings in respect of lapsed and 
exercised options.

100

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCompany statement of cash flows
For the year ended 31 December 2021

Cash generated from operating activities

Net finance costs

Income taxes paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and applications software

Purchase of subsidiary undertakings, net of cash acquired

Net payment of intercompany loan

Cash flows used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Net proceeds from share issue

Dividends paid

Purchase of treasury shares

Repayment of revolving credit facility

Drawdown of revolving credit facility

Lease principal repayments

Net cash generated from /(used) in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at start of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Year ended
31 December
2021
£’m

Year ended
31 December
2020
£’m

39.3

(5.8)

(4.0)

29.5

(4.5)

(8.5)

(78.9)

(91.9)

38.1

(3.4)

(2.6)

(65.0)

106.0

(11.7)

61.4

(1.0)

17.0

16.0

51.5

(6.8)

(5.6)

39.1

(5.5)

–

–

(5.5)

–

–

(0.8)

(13.0)

–

(10.3)

(24.1)

9.5

7.5

17.0

Note

49

36, 37

39

43

101

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCompany accounting policies 
For the year ended 31 December 2021

Basis of Preparation
On 31 December 2020, IFRS as adopted by the European Union at that date was brought into UK law and became UK-adopted International 
Accounting Standards, with future changes being subject to endorsement by the UK Endorsement Board. Restore plc transitioned to UK-
adopted International Accounting Standards in its company financial statements on 1 January 2021. This change constitutes a change in 
accounting framework. However, there is no impact on recognition, measurement or disclosure in the period reported as a result of the 
change in framework. The company financial statements of Restore plc have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International 
Accounting Standards and with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those standards.

The financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for certain financial assets and liabilities which are held at 
fair value. The accounting policies have been consistently applied, other than where new policies have been adopted.

The Directors consider that the accounting policies as shown on pages 70 to 75 are suitable, are supported by reasonable judgements 
and estimates and have been consistently applied except where stated below. A summary of the more important accounting policies is as 
follows.

Going Concern
The going concern basis has been applied in these financial statements.

The going concern position is discussed further in the consolidated financial statements of the Group on page 70 and applies to 
the Company.

Company Profit and Loss Account
In accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 the Company is exempt from the requirement to present its own profit and loss 
account. The results for the financial year of the Company are given on page 99 of the financial statements.

Adoption of New and Revised Standards
The following new standards and amendments to standards which were effective for the first time during the financial year: Covid-19-
related Rent Concessions – Amendments to IFRS 16; and Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 2 – Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, 
IFRS 4 and IFRS 16. These new standards and amendments to standards did not have a material effect on the financial statements.

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
As at 31 December 2021, the following standards and interpretations had been issued but were not mandatory for annual reporting periods 
ending on 31 December 2021: IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts; Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before intended use – Amendments 
to IAS 16; Reference to the Conceptual Framework – Amendments to IFRS 3; Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract Amendments 
to IAS 37; Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018–2020; Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current – Amendments to 
IAS 1; Disclosure of Accounting Policies – Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2; Definition of Accounting Estimates – 
Amendments to IAS 8; Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction – Amendments to IAS 12; and Sale or 
contribution of assets between an investor and its associate or joint venture – Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28. 

102

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Company financial statements 
For the year ended 31 December 2021

Goodwill
£’m

Customer 
relationships
£’m

Applications 
software
£’m

102.1

–

102.1

–

0.9

103.0

3.8

–

3.8

–

3.8

99.2

98.3

91.3

–

91.3

–

1.1

92.4

13.3

4.6

17.9

4.6

22.5

69.9

73.4

3.3

0.8

4.1

1.1

–

5.2

2.5

0.4

2.9

0.6

3.5

1.7

1.2

36.  Intangible Assets

Cost

1 January 2020

Additions – external

31 December 2020

Additions – external

Additions arising on hive-up

31 December 2021

Accumulated amortisation 

1 January 2020

Charge for the year

31 December 2020

Charge for the year

31 December 2021

Carrying amount

31 December 2021

31 December 2020

Amortisation is charged to profit or loss as an administrative expense.

The changes to goodwill during the year were as follows:

Cost

1 January 2020 and 31 December 2020

Hive-up – 1BDM

31 December 2021

Accumulated impairment

1 January 2020 and 31 December 2020

1 January 2021 and 31 December 2021

Carrying amount 

31 December 2021

31 December 2020

Annual test for impairment

Total
£’m

196.7

0.8

197.5

1.1

2.0

200.6

19.6

5.0

24.6

5.2

29.8

170.8

172.9

£’m

102.1

0.9

103.0

3.8

3.8

99.2

98.3

Under IAS 36, Goodwill is tested annually for impairment, irrespective of there being any impairment indicators. For the purpose of 
impairment testing, goodwill and other intangibles are allocated to business divisions segments which represent the lowest level at which 
that those assets are monitored for internal management purposes. The recoverable amount of each cash-generating unit is determined 
from value-in-use calculations. The calculations use pre-tax cash flow projections based on financial budgets and forecasts approved by 
the Directors. 

103

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Company financial statements continued

At the year-end, an impairment review was conducted which indicated that no impairment was required. The year-end model utilises 
forecasts based upon the Group’s budget for 2022 and the Group’s Strategy Plan for 2023, 2024 and 2025. Terminal cash flows are based 
on the Group’s 4 year projections, assumed to grow perpetually at 2%. In accordance with IAS 36, the growth rates for beyond the initially 
forecast years do not exceed the long-term average growth rate for the industry. The forecasts have been discounted at a pre-tax rate of 
8.9% (2020: 8.8%). This discount rate was calculated using a pre-tax rate based on the weighted average cost of capital for the Group.

The Company has not identified any reasonably possible changes to key assumptions that would cause the carrying value of the remaining 
goodwill or intangibles to exceed its recoverable amount.

37. Property, Plant and Equipment

Freehold 
and long
 leasehold 
land & 
buildings
£’m

Leasehold
 improvements
£’m

Racking 
plant &
machinery
£’m

Office
equipment
 fixtures
& fittings
£’m

Motor 
vehicles
£’m

24.0

0.3

24.3

0.3

24.6

1.5

0.6

2.1

0.6

2.7

21.9

22.2

15.2

1.7

16.9

1.7

18.6

3.9

1.1

5.0

1.4

6.4

12.2

11.9

27.7

2.3

30.0

0.6

30.6

9.2

2.0

11.2

2.0

13.2

17.4

18.8

2.3

0.4

2.7

0.8

3.5

1.4

0.3

1.7

0.4

2.1

1.4

1.0

0.1

–

0.1

–

0.1

0.1

–

0.1

–

0.1

–

–

Cost

1 January 2020

Additions

31 December 2020

Additions

31 December 2021

Accumulated depreciation

1 January 2020

Charge for the year

31 December 2020

Charge for the year

31 December 2021

Net book value

31 December 2021

31 December 2020

Capital expenditure contracted for but not provided in the financial statements is shown in note 53.

Depreciation is charged to profit or loss as an administrative expense. 

Total
£’m

69.3

4.7

74.0

3.4

77.4

16.1

4.0

20.1

4.4

24.5

52.9

53.9

104

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTS38. Right-of-use assets

Cost

1 January 2020

Additions

Disposals

31 December 2020

Additions

Disposals

31 December 2021

Accumulated depreciation

1 January 2020

Charge for the year

Disposals

31 December 2020

Charge for the year

Disposals

31 December 2021

Net book value

31 December 2021

31 December 2020

Leasehold 
Property
£’m

Motor 
Vehicles
£’m

90.0

3.0

(5.1)

87.9

11.5 

(0.8)

98.6

10.4

10.3

(5.1)

15.6

11.5 

(0.8)

26.3

72.3

72.3

1.8

1.1

(0.3)

2.6

0.2 

(0.3)

2.5

0.6

0.8

(0.3)

1.1

0.7 

(0.3)

1.5

1.0

1.5

Total
£’m

91.8

4.1

(5.4)

90.5

11.7 

(1.1)

101.1

11.0

11.1

(5.4)

16.7

12.2 

(1.1)

27.8

73.3

73.8

105

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company financial statements continued

39. Investments

On 15 April 2021, the Company acquired 100% of the share capital of Big Data Management Ltd (“1BDM”), a leading high-quality Records 
Management business.

On 12 October 2021, the Company acquired 100% of the share capital of The Document Warehouse (UK) Ltd (“TDW”), a Records 
Management business which will provide an additional, strategically well-located site with capacity to service the key London and the South 
of England markets.

Shares in subsidiary undertakings:

Cost

1 January 2020

Capital contribution – subsidiary share-based payment

Corporate restructuring*

Restore Group Holdings Ltd

31 December 2020

Acquired – 1BDM

Acquired – TDW

Capital contribution – subsidiary share-based payment

Transferred to intangible assets 

31 December 2021

Accumulated impairment

1 January 2020

Impairment 

31 December 2020

1 January 2021 

Impairment

31 December 2021

Net book value

31 December 2021

31 December 2020

£’m

137.5

0.9

(85.1)

76.8

130.1

2.0

6.5

0.6

(2.0)

137.2

39.5

1.6

41.1

41.1

–

41.1

96.1

89.0

*  In 2020 the Group carried out a corporate restructuring which resulted in a number of the Company’s directly owned subsidiaries 

becoming indirectly owned. The subsidiaries impacted were: Harrow Green, Restore Technology, Restore Digital, and Restore Datashred. 
Restore Group Holdings was incorporated during the 2020 and became the direct parent entity of these subsidiary undertakings.

106

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTS

At 31 December 2021 the Company held directly and indirectly equity and voting rights of the following undertakings:

Company

Holding Company

Class of
holding

% held

Country of
incorporation

Nature of
business

This company is registered at The Databank, Unit 5 Redhill Distribution Centre, Salbrook Road, Redhill, Surrey RH1 5DY.

*Restore Group Holdings Ltd

Records Management

Ordinary

100% Holding

Dormant

Except as stated, all UK companies within this section are registered at The Databank, Unit 5 Redhill Distribution Centre, Salbrook Road, 
Redhill, Surrey RH1 5DY.

*1 Big Data Management Limited

*Restore (Spur) Limited

*The Document Warehouse (UK) Limited

*Wansdyke Security Limited

 Wildheart Horizon Limited†

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary 

Ordinary

Ordinary

100% England and Wales

Records 
Management

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100%  England and Wales

Records 
Management

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

† The registered office of Wildheart Horizon is 5a The Square, 95 Morrison Street, Glasgow, United Kingdom, G5 8BE.

Digital

Except as stated, all UK companies within this section are registered at The Databank, Unit 5 Redhill Distribution Centre, Salbrook Road, 
Redhill, Surrey RH1 5DY.

Capture All Limited††

Didata Limited

EDM Business Services Holding Limited

EDM Group Limited

EDM Group (Holdings) Limited

EDM Insurance Services Limited

EDM Records Management Limited

Filing Plus Limited

Rainbow BidCo Limited

Rainbow HoldCo Limited

Restore Digital Limited**†††

Scan Image Solutions UK Limited

Sala imaging Limited

Sala Integrated Information Management Limited

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

100% Scotland

Digital Services

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Holding

100% England and Wales

Digital Services

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

100% England and Wales

Holding

Holding

100% England and Wales

Digital Services

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

†† The registered address of Capture All Limited is 9 Casting Court, Middlefield Industrial Estate, Falkirk, FK2 9HQ.
††† The registered address of Restore Digital Limited is Unit 2, Tally Close, Agecroft Commerce Park, Swinton, Manchester, M27 8WJ.

Restore plc Annual Report 2021

107

Notes to the Company financial statements continued

Company

Technology

Class of
holding

% held

Country of
incorporation

Nature of
business

Except as stated, all UK companies within this section are registered at Cardington point, Telford Way, Bedford, MK42 0PQ.

€ Recycling Ltd

Computer Disposals Limited

Euro-Recycling

MAC2CASH Limited

PCBITZ.COM Limited

PRM Green Technologies Limited

Relocom Limited††††

Restore Technology Limited**

Secure IT Destruction Limited

Secure IT Disposals Limited

The Bookyard Limited

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary 

Ordinary

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Technology

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

 Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Technology

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Technology

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Technology

†††† The registered address of Relocom Limited is 2 Orient Road, Silvertown, London, E16 2BZ.

Datashred

All UK companies within this section are registered at The Databank, Unit 5 Redhill Distribution Centre, Salbrook Road, Redhill, Surrey 
RH1 5DY.

*Baxter Confidential Limited

*Data Solutions 2019 Limited

*Datashred Limited

*ID Secured Limited

*Lombard Recycling Limited

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

*Peabody QED Thurrock Management Limited†††††

Ordinary

33% England and Wales

Management of 
real estate

Shredding 
Services

Restore Datashred Limited**††††††

*Restore Shred Limited

Safe-Shred UK Limited††††††

Ordinary

Ordinary

Ordinary

100% England and Wales

100% England and Wales

Dormant

100% England and Wales

Dormant

††††† The registered address of Peabody QED Thurrock Management Limited is 3rd Floor Solar House, 1-9 Romford Road, London, E15 4RG.
†††††† The registered address of Restore Datashred Limited and Safe-Shred UK Limited is Unit Q1, Queen Elizabeth Distribution Centre, Purfleet, Essex, RM19 1NA.

108

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSCompany

Harrow Green

Class of
holding

% held

Country of
incorporation

Nature of
business

All UK companies within this section are registered at 2 Oriental Road, Silvertown, London, E16 2BZ.

Harrow Green Limited

*   Held directly.

Ordinary

100% England and Wales

Relocation

**  The Company has taken the exemption from audit under section 479A of the Companies Act 2006.

Other investments

Except as stated, all companies within this section are registered at Riley Accounting Solutions, Gable End, Sparrow Hall Business Park, 
Leighton Road, Edlesborough, Bedfordshire, LU6 2ES.

*Ink and Toner Recycling Limited

Ordinary

40% England and Wales

International Technology Products (UK) Limited

Ordinary

40% England and Wales

International Technology Products GmbH^

Ordinary

40% England and Wales

ITP Group Holdings Limited

Office Green Limited**

Ordinary

Ordinary

40% England and Wales

40% England and Wales

Takeback Limited

Ordinary

100% England and Wales

^ The registered address of International Technology Products GmbH is Röntgenstraße 4, Hainburg, D-63512, Germany.

Dormant companies are exempt from filing accounts under section 394 of the Companies Act 2006.

Printer Cartridge 
Recycling

Printer Cartridge 
Recycling

Printer Cartridge 
Recycling

Printer Cartridge 
Recycling

Printer Cartridge 
Recycling

Printer Cartridge 
Recycling

40. Inventories

Finished goods and goods for resale

£2.8 million (2020: £2.7 million) of inventories were recognised as an expense in cost of sales in the year. 

41. Trade and Other Receivables

Due in less than one year

Trade receivables 

Less: Loss allowance

Trade receivables – net

Amounts due from group undertakings

Other receivables 

Prepayments and accrued income

Due after more than one year

Amounts due from group undertakings

2021
£’m

0.5

2020
£’m

0.4

2021
 £’m

14.3

–

14.3

8.2

0.2

12.5

35.2

87.8

123.0

2020 
£’m

11.3

(0.1)

11.2

3.8

0.4

8.1

23.5

7.7

31.2

The average credit period is 44 days (2020: 38 days). No interest is charged on the trade receivables for the first 30 days from the date of 
the invoice. Thereafter, interest may be charged at 2% per annum on the outstanding balance (2020: 2%).

Trade receivables are provided for based on estimated irrecoverable amounts, determined by reference to past payment history and the 
current financial status of the customers.

109

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Company financial statements continued

Movement in the allowance for impairment

1 January

Utilised in year

31 December

2021
£’m

0.1

(0.1)

–

2020
£’m

0.1

–

0.1

In determining the recoverability of the trade receivables, the Company considers any change in the credit quality of the trade receivable 
from the date credit was initially granted up to the reporting date. See note 45 for an analysis of trade receivables that were past due but 
not impaired.

42. Trade and Other Payables

Trade payables

Amount due to group undertakings

Other taxation and social security

Other payables

Accruals and deferred income

2021
£’m

5.7

0.7

4.0

0.3

8.5

19.2

2020
£’m

6.6

0.4

5.7

0.1

4.3

17.1

The Company has financial risk management policies in place to ensure that all payables are paid within the credit time frame. Trade and 
other payables principally comprise amounts outstanding for trade purchases and ongoing costs. The average credit period for trade 
purchases is 47 days (2020: 52 days).

43. Financial Liabilities – Borrowings

Non-current

Bank loans – secured 

Deferred financing costs

2021
£’m

134.0

(0.3)

133.7

2020
£’m

93.0

(0.5)

92.5

At 31 December 2021, the bank debt was due to The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Barclays Bank plc, Bank of Ireland, Clydesdale Bank plc and 
Allied Irish Bank and was secured by a fixed and floating charge over the assets of the Group. The interest rate profile and an analysis of 
borrowings is given in note 21. Under the bank facility the Group was required to meet quarterly covenant tests in respect of interest cover 
and leverage. 

On 18 January 2022, the Group extinguished its financing arrangement in place at 31 December 2021, and replaced it with a new 
£200 million Revolving Credit Facility. Refer to note 21 for further details.

All covenant tests were met during the year and the Directors expect to continue to meet the covenant tests under the new facility.

Analysis of net debt

Cash at bank and in hand

Bank loans due within one year 

Bank loans due after one year

2021
£’m

16.0

–

(133.7)

(117.7)

2020
£’m

17.0

–

(92.5)

(75.5)

110

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTS44. Other Financial Liabilities

Financial liabilities – present value of lease liabilities

Repayable by instalments:

In less than one year

In two to five years

More than five years

Amount due to group undertakings

2021
£’m

85.8

12.3

40.1

33.4

85.8

2021
£’m

18.0

2020
£’m

85.7

10.9

37.5

37.3

85.7

2020
£’m

16.7

45. Financial Instruments
The Company’s financial instruments comprise cash at bank, bank loans and various other receivable and payable balances that arise from 
its operations. The main purpose of these financial instruments is to finance the Company operations.

Cash at bank

Bank overdraft

Cash and cash equivalents

2021
£’m

16.0

–

16.0

2020
£’m

17.0

–

17.0

An expected credit loss model has been applied which permits a simplified approach for the Company’s impairment of trade receivables. 
This model applies a credit risk percentage based upon historical risk of default against receivables that are grouped into age brackets. The 
Company’s trade receivables share similar risk characteristics and therefore we have chosen to apply the same default percentage of 0.1% 
on all outstanding receivables. The Company has a low credit risk on its trade receivables and historic defaults. 

As at 31 December 2021 trade receivables of £1.0 million (2020: £0.4 million) were past due but not impaired. 

These relate to a number of independent customers with no recent history of default. The ageing analysis of these trade receivables is as 
follows:

60–90 days

Greater than 90 days

2021
£’m

0.3

0.7

2020
£’m

0.3

0.1

The main financial risks arising from the Company’s financial instruments are interest rate risk and liquidity risk. 

The Directors review and agree policies for managing each of these risks. Interest rates are regularly reviewed to ensure competitive rates 
are paid. Detailed cash flows are produced on a regular basis to minimise liquidity risks.

Carrying value of financial assets and (liabilities) excluding cash and borrowings 

Loans and receivables

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

Currency and interest rate risk profile of financial liabilities

2021
£’m

109.5

119.0

2020
£’m

23.1

113.8

All bank borrowings were subject to floating interest rates, at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.85%, which can vary depending on the leverage 
covenant. 

111

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Company financial statements continued

The interest rate risk profile of the Company’s gross borrowings for the year was:

Currency

Sterling at 31 December 2021

Sterling at 31 December 2020

Interest rate sensitivity

Floating
rate financial
liabilities
£’m

Weighted
average
 interest rates
%

133.7

92.5

1.9

2.3

Total
£’m

133.7

92.5

At 31 December 2021, if interest rates had been 50 basis points higher and all other variables were held constant, it is estimated that 
the Company’s profit before tax would be approximately £0.6 million lower (2020: £0.6 million lower). This is mainly attributable to the 
Company’s exposure to interest rates on its variable rate borrowings and is based on the change taking place at the beginning of the 
financial year and held constant throughout the year.

The Group’s sensitivity to future interest rates changes has increased during the current year due to the increased debt resulting from 
acquisition activity.

Financial assets recognised in the statement of financial position and interest rate profile

All financial assets are short-term receivables and cash at bank. The cash at bank earns interest based on the variable bank base rate and is 
held with Barclays Bank plc.

Maturity of financial liabilities

The maturity profile of the carrying amount of the Company’s financial liabilities (including interest payments), other than short-term trade 
payables and accruals which are due within one year was as follows:

Within one year, or on demand

Between two and five years

Five years or more

Within one year, or on demand

Between two and five years

Five years or more

Bank
debt
£’m

–

133.7

–

133.7

Bank
debt
£’m

–

92.5

–

92.5

Other
financial
liabilities*
£’m

27.5

58.1

33.4

119.0

Other
financial
liabilities*
£’m

22.3

54.2

37.3

113.8

2021
Total
£’m

27.5

191.8

33.4

252.7

2020
Total
£’m

22.3

146.7

37.3

206.3

*  Other financial liabilities include trade payables, accruals, amounts owing under leases and contingent and deferred consideration.

Borrowing facilities

At 31 December 2021, the Company has a finance facility with The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Barclays Bank plc, Bank of Ireland, Clydesdale 
Bank plc and Allied Irish Bank which was due to expire on 26 March 2023. The facility consisted of a single £160 million Revolving Credit 
Facility, which is partly reduced by an on demand net overdraft facility of £1.5 million. In addition there was an uncommitted accordion 
facility of £30.0 million, and an overdraft of £1.5 million. £1.5 million of the overdraft facility was unutilised at 31 December 2021 (2020: 
£1.5 million). Committed but undrawn borrowing facilities at 31 December 2021 amounted to £24.5 million (2020: £65.5 million).

On 18 January 2022, the Group extinguished its financing arrangement in place at 31 December 2021, and replaced it with a new 
£200 million Revolving Credit Facility. Refer to note 21 for further details.

All of the Company’s borrowings are in sterling.

112

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFair values of financial assets and financial liabilities

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities bear floating interest rates and are relatively short-term in nature. 

In the opinion of the Directors the book values of the assets and liabilities equate to their fair value.

Interest rate management (see page 90)

46. Deferred Tax

Summary of balances

Deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax asset

Net position at 31 December 

2021
£’m

(19.7)

4.2

(15.5)

2020
£’m

(15.3)

3.1

(12.2)

The corporation tax rate increase from 19% to 25%, effective 1 April 2023, was substantively enacted on 24 May 2021. Deferred taxes at the 
balance sheet date reflected in these financial statements have been measured using the newly enacted tax rate.

The movement in the year in the Company’s net deferred tax position is as follows:

1 January

Charge to profit or loss for the year

Tax credited/(charged) directly to equity

31 December 

2021
£’m

(12.2)

(3.6)

0.3

(15.5)

2020
£’m

(10.3)

(0.6)

(1.3)

(12.2)

The following are the major deferred tax liabilities and assets recognised by the Company and the movements thereon during the year:

Deferred tax liabilities

1 January 2020

Credit to income for the year

31 December 2020

Credit to income for the year

31 December 2021

Deferred tax liabilities are analysed as follows:

Current

Non- current

Total

Accelerated
capital
allowances
£’m

Intangible
assets
£’m

(0.8)

(0.7)

(1.5)

(1.1)

(2.6)

(13.2)

(0.6)

(13.8)

(3.3)

(17.1)

2021
£’m

(4.4)

(15.3)

(19.7)

Total 
£’m

(14.0)

(1.3)

(15.3)

(4.4)

(19.7)

2020
£’m

(1.3)

(14.0)

(15.3)

113

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Company financial statements continued

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets are analysed as follows:

1 January 2020

Credit to income for the year

Credit directly to equity

31 December 2020

Credit to income for the year

Charge directly to equity 

31 December 2021

Deferred tax assets are analysed as follows:

Current

Non-current

Total

47.  Provisions

1 January 

Additional provision

31 December

Share-based
payments
£’m

Leases
£’m

2.1

0.1

(1.3)

0.9

0.4

0.3

1.6

1.6

0.6

–

2.2

0.4

–

2.6

2021
£’m

0.4

3.8

4.2

2021
£’m

5.8

0.2

6.0

Total 
£’m

3.7

0.7

(1.3)

3.1

0.8

0.3

4.2

2020
£’m

0.9

2.2

3.1

2020
£’m

5.7

0.1

5.8

Included within provisions is a dilapidation provision which relates to the future anticipated costs to restore leased properties into their 
original state at the end of the lease term. This provision has been discounted at an average discount rate of 4.0% (2020: 3.9%).

Provisions are analysed as follows:

Current

Non-current

Total

48. Share Capital

Authorised:

199,000,000 (2020: 199,000,000) ordinary shares of 5p each

Allotted, issued and fully paid:

136,674,067 (2020: 125,654,025) ordinary shares of 5p each

2021
£’m

0.7

5.3

6.0

2021
£’m

10.0

6.8

2020
£’m

0.3

5.5

5.8

2020
£’m

10.0

6.3

114

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSThe issued ordinary share capital is as follows:

Date

1 January 2020

16 January 2020 – exercise of share options

22 April 2020 – exercise of share options

16 June 2020 – exercise of share options

9 July 2020 – exercise of share options

19 August 2020 – exercise of share options

31 December 2020

20 April 2021 – exercise of share options

5 May 2021 – equity raised to acquire EDM

31 December 2021

Number of
ordinary
shares

124,419,734

478,000

42,142

33,077

340,536

340,536

125,654,025

61,138

10,958,904

136,674,067

Issue
price

5.0p

5.0p

5.0p

5.0p

5.0p

5.0p

5.0p

The 61,138 (2020: 1,234,291) ordinary shares shown as issued above as a result of the exercise of share options were net-settled at market 
price on the day of exercise (note 30).

49. Cash generated from operating activities

Profit before tax

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets

Amortisation of intangible assets

Net finance costs

Share-based payments charge

Impairment of investment

(Decrease)/increase in inventories

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other receivables

Decrease in trade and other payables

Cash generated from operating activities

50. Share-Based Payments
Details of the share-based payments are given in note 30.

51. Dividends
Details of dividends are given in note 10.

52. Directors and Employees

Staff costs during the year

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Share-based payments charge

2021
£’m

14.0

16.6

5.2

5.6

1.7

–

(0.1)

(4.9)

1.2

39.3

2021
£’m

24.8

2.8

0.8

1.7

30.1

2020
£’m

11.7

15.1

5.0

7.6

0.3

1.6

0.1

6.4

3.7

51.5

2020
£’m

19.2

2.2

0.7

0.3

22.4

115

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Company financial statements continued

Average monthly number of employees during the year

Number

Number

Directors 

Management

Administration 

Operatives 

Total amounts for Directors’ remuneration and other benefits

Emoluments for Directors’ services

Directors’ remuneration shown above included the following amounts 
in respect of the highest paid Director: 

Salary and benefits

*£nil (2020: £0.2 million) related to a bonus in respect of the previous year.

Key management compensation

Salaries, wages and incentives

Social security costs

Post employment benefits

Other benefits

Share-based payments charge

53. Capital Commitments

Capital expenditure

Contracted for but not provided in the financial statements

6

45

111

670

832

2021
£’m

1.9

6

47

89

686

828

2020
£’m

1.3

1.0

0.7

2021
£’m

3.9

0.9

0.2

0.1

1.1

6.2

2021
£’m

0.9

2020
£’m

3.2

0.7

0.2

–

0.3

4.4

2020
£’m

1.2

54. Contingent Liabilities
The Company has entered into a bank cross guarantee. The guarantee amounts to £100.8 million at 31 December 2021 (2020: £66.1 
million). The assets of the Company are pledged as security for the bank borrowings, by way of a fixed and floating charge.

55. Related Party Transactions and Controlling Party
Details of related party transactions can be found in note 34.

116

Restore plc Annual Report 2021FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotice of Annual General Meeting

Restore plc

Notice is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting of 
Restore plc (“the Company”) will be held at the offices of 
Buchanan Communications Ltd, 107 Cheapside, London, EC2V 6DN 
on 20 May 2022 at 10.00am for the following purposes:

Ordinary Business
1. 

 To receive the Company’s annual accounts for the financial 
year ended 31 December 2021, together with the Directors’ 
report and the auditors’ report on those accounts.

2. 

 To re-appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors to the 
Company to hold office from the conclusion of the meeting 
until the conclusion of the next annual general meeting at 
which accounts are laid.

3. 

 To authorise the directors to set the auditors’ remuneration.

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

 To re-appoint Charles Bligh, who retires by rotation pursuant 
to the Company’s articles of association, as a director of the 
Company.

 To re-appoint Neil Ritchie, who retires by rotation pursuant 
to the Company’s articles of association, as a director of the 
Company.

 To re-appoint Sharon Baylay-Bell, who retires by rotation 
pursuant to the Company’s articles of association, as a director 
of the Company.

 To re-appoint Susan Davy, who retires by rotation pursuant 
to the Company’s articles of association, as a director of the 
Company.

 To re-appoint Jamie Hopkins, who retires by rotation pursuant 
to the Company’s articles of association, as a director of the 
Company.

 To declare a final dividend of 4.7p per ordinary share in respect 
of the year ended 31 December 2021. This dividend will be 
paid on 8 July 2022 to the holders of ordinary shares at 6pm on 
6 June 2022 (the ex dividend date being 1 June 2022). 

Special Business
As special business, to consider and, if thought fit, to pass the 
following resolutions which will be proposed as to resolution 10 as 
an ordinary resolution and as to resolutions 11, 12 and 13 as special 
resolutions:

10.   That the directors be and they are hereby generally and 
unconditionally authorised in substitution for all existing 
authorities (but without prejudice to any allotment of shares 
or grant of rights already made, offered or agreed to be made 
pursuant to such authorities) to exercise all the powers of the 
Company to allot equity securities (as defined in section 560 
of the Companies Act 2006 (the “Act”)) up to an aggregate 
nominal amount of £2,277,901.10 (being 45,558,022 ordinary 
shares of 5 pence each) provided that this authority shall, 
unless renewed, expire at the conclusion of the next annual 
general meeting of the Company after the passing of this 
resolution or if earlier on the date which is 15 months after the 
date of this annual general meeting, except that the Company 
may before such expiry make offers or agreements which 

would or might require equity securities to be allotted after 
such expiry and the directors may allot equity securities in 
pursuance of any such offers agreements as if the authority 
conferred by this resolution had not expired.

11.   That, subject to the passing of resolution number 10 above, 
the directors be and they are hereby empowered, pursuant 
to section 570 of the Act, to allot equity securities (as defined 
in section 560 of the Act) for cash pursuant to the authority 
conferred by resolution number 10 or by way of a sale of 
treasury shares as if section 561 of the Act did not apply to any 
such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to: 

11.1 

 the allotment of equity securities in connection with a 
rights issue or other pro rata offer in favour of holders of 
equity securities where the equity securities respectively 
attributable to the interests of all those persons at 
such record dates as the directors may determine are 
proportionate (as nearly as may be) to the respective 
numbers of equity securities held by them subject to 
such exclusions or other arrangements as the directors 
may consider necessary or expedient to deal with 
treasury shares, fractional entitlements, record dates, 
practical or legal difficulties under the laws of any 
territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or 
stock exchange or by virtue of equity securities being 
represented by depositary receipts or any other matter 
whatsoever; and

11.2 

 the allotment (otherwise than pursuant to paragraph 11.1 
above) of equity securities up to an aggregate nominal 
amount of £341,685.15, 

 and shall expire upon the expiry of the general authority 
conferred by resolution 10 above, except that the Company 
may before such expiry make offers or agreements which 
would or might require equity securities to be allotted and/
or shares held by the Company in treasury to be sold or 
transferred after such expiry and the directors may allot equity 
securities and/or sell or transfer shares held by the Company 
in treasury in pursuance of such offers or agreements as if the 
power conferred by this resolution had not expired.

12.   That, subject to the passing of resolution number 10 above, 
the directors be and they are hereby empowered, pursuant 
to section 570 of the Act, to allot equity securities (as defined 
in section 560 of the Act) for cash pursuant to the authority 
conferred by resolution number 10 or by way of a sale of 
treasury shares as if section 561 of the Act did not apply to any 
such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to:

12.1 

 the allotment of equity securities up to an aggregate 
nominal amount of £341,685.15; and

12.2 

 used for the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if 
such refinancing occurs within six months of the original 
transaction) a transaction which the directors determine 
to be an acquisition or other capital investment of a 
kind contemplated by the Statement of Principles on 
Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most recently published 
by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of this notice, 

 and shall expire upon the expiry of the general authority 
conferred by resolution 10 above, except that the Company 
may before such expiry make offers or agreements which 

262822 Restore RA 2021_pp117-end.indd   117

262822 Restore RA 2021_pp117-end.indd   117

117

24/03/2022   12:35

24/03/2022   12:35

Restore plc Annual Report 2021OTHER INFORMATION 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

would or might require equity securities to be allotted and/
or shares held by the Company in treasury to be sold or 
transferred after such expiry and the directors may allot equity 
securities and/or sell or transfer shares held by the Company 
in treasury in pursuance of such offers or agreements as if the 
power conferred by this resolution had not expired.

 The authority conferred shall expire at the conclusion of the 
next annual general meeting of the Company or if earlier on the 
date which is 15 months after the date of this annual general 
meeting except that the Company may before such expiry make 
a contract to purchase its own shares which will or may be 
completed or executed wholly or partly after such expiry.

13.   That the Company be and is hereby generally and 

unconditionally authorised, in accordance with section 701 
of the Act, to make market purchases (within the meaning of 
section 693(4) of the Act) of ordinary shares of 5 pence each in 
the capital of the Company (“Ordinary Shares”) on such terms 
and in such manner as the directors may from time to time 
determine provided that:

13.1 

 the maximum number of Ordinary Shares authorised to 
be purchased is 13,667,406;

13.2 

 the minimum price which may be paid for each Ordinary 
Share is 5.0 pence (exclusive of expenses payable by the 
Company); and

13.3 

 the maximum price which may be paid for each Ordinary 
Share (exclusive of expenses payable by the Company) 
cannot be more than 105 per cent of the average market 
value of an Ordinary Share for the five business days prior 
to the day on which the Ordinary Share is contracted to 
be purchased.

By order of the Board 

Sarah Waudby 
Company Secretary 
16 March 2022 

Registered Office
The Databank
Unit 5
Redhill Distribution Centre 
Salbrook Road
Redhill
Surrey RH1 5DY

PLEASE NOTE:
You will not receive a form of proxy for the Annual General Meeting 
in the post. Instructions on how to vote electronically and how 
to register are detailed in the Notes. You will still be able to vote 
in person at the Annual General Meeting, and may request a 
hard copy proxy form directly from the registrars, Link Group, 
10th Floor, Central Square, 29 Wellington Street, Leeds, 
LS1 4DL at shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk (telephone 
number: 0371 664 0391 if calling from the United Kingdom, or 
+44(0)371 664 0391 if calling from outside the United Kingdom). 
Calls are charged at the standard geographical rate and will vary by 
provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom will be charged at the 
applicable international rate. Lines are open between 09:00 – 17:30, 
Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in England and Wales. 

118

Restore plc Annual Report 2021OTHER INFORMATION 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes: These notes are important and require your immediate 
attention.

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

 Only those members entered on the register of members of the 
Company at close of business on 18 May 2022 or, in the event 
that this meeting is adjourned, in the register of members as 
at close of business on the day two days before the date of any 
adjourned meeting, shall be entitled to attend and vote at the 
meeting in respect of the number of ordinary shares registered 
in their names at that time. Changes to the entries on the 
register of members by the close of business on 18 May 2022 
or, in the event that this meeting is adjourned, in the register 
of members before the close of business on the day two days 
before the date of the adjourned meeting, shall be disregarded 
in determining the rights of any person to attend or vote at the 
meeting.

 A Shareholder entitled to attend and vote at the Annual 
General Meeting is entitled to appoint another person of his/
her choice as that Shareholder’s proxy to exercise all or any of 
that Shareholder’s rights to attend and to speak and vote at the 
meeting on his/her behalf. A Shareholder may appoint more 
than one proxy in relation to the meeting, provided that each 
proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different 
share or shares held by that Shareholder. A proxy does not need 
to be a shareholder of the Company.

 In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior member who 
tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, will be accepted 
to the exclusion of the votes of any other of the joint holders. 
For these purposes, seniority shall be determined by the order 
in which the names stand on the register of members.

 A vote withheld is not a vote in law, which means that the vote 
will not be counted in the calculation of votes for or against the 
resolution. If no voting indication is given, your proxy will vote 
or abstain from voting at his or her discretion. Your proxy will 
vote (or abstain from voting) as he or she thinks fit in relation 
to any other matter which is put before the Annual General 
Meeting.

5. 

 You can vote either:

• 

• 

 by logging on to www.signalshares.com and following the 
instructions;

 by requesting a hard copy form of proxy directly from the 
registrars, Link Group, at mailto:  
shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk or on  
Tel: 0371 664 0391 if calling from the United Kingdom, 
or +44(0)371 664 0391 if calling from outside the United 
Kingdom. Calls are charged at the standard geographical 
rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside the United 
Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international rate. 
Lines are open between 09:00 – 17:30, Monday to Friday 
excluding public holidays in England and Wales; 

• 

 in the case of CREST members, by utilising the CREST 
electronic proxy appointment service in accordance with 
the procedures set out below.

 In order for a proxy appointment to be valid a form of proxy 
must be completed. In each case the form of proxy must be 
received by Link Group at PXS 1, 10th Floor, Central Square, 
29 Wellington Street, Leeds, LS1 4DL by 10.00am on 18 May 
2022. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

 If you return more than one proxy appointment, either by paper 
or electronic communication, the appointment received last 
by the Registrar before the latest time for the receipt of proxies 
will take precedence. You are advised to read the terms and 
conditions of use carefully. Electronic communication facilities 
are open to all Shareholders and those who use them will not 
be disadvantaged.

 The return of a completed form of proxy, electronic filing or any 
CREST Proxy Instruction (as described in note 11 below) will 
not prevent a shareholder from attending the Annual General 
Meeting and voting in person if he/she wishes to do so.

 CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies 
through the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may 
do so for the Annual General Meeting to be held 10.00am on 
20 May 2022 and any adjournment(s) thereof by using the 
procedures described in the CREST Manual. CREST personal 
members or other CREST sponsored members, and those 
CREST members who have appointed a voting service 
provider should refer to their CREST sponsors or voting service 
provider(s), who will be able to take the appropriate action on 
their behalf. 

 In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made by means 
of CREST to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a 
“CREST Proxy Instruction”) must be properly authenticated in 
accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited’s specifications 
and must contain the information required for such 
instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The message 
must be transmitted so as to be received by the Company’s 
agent, Link Group (CREST Participant ID: RA10), no later than 
48 hours before the time appointed for the meeting. For this 
purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as 
determined by the time stamp applied to the message by the 
CREST Application Host) from which the Company’s agent is 
able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner 
prescribed by CREST. 

10.   CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsor 
or voting service provider should note that Euroclear UK & 
Ireland Limited does not make available special procedures in 
CREST for any particular messages. Normal system timings 
and limitations will therefore apply in relation to the input of 
CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST 
member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST 
personal member or sponsored member or has appointed a 
voting service provider, to procure that his CREST sponsor or 
voting service provider takes) such action as shall be necessary 
to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the 
CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, CREST 
members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsor or voting 
service provider are referred in particular to those sections of 
the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST 
system and timings. The Company may treat as invalid a CREST 
Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 
35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001.

11.   Any corporation which is a member can appoint one or more 
corporate representatives who may exercise on its behalf all 
of its powers as a member provided that they do not do so in 
relation to the same shares.

119

Restore plc Annual Report 2021OTHER INFORMATION 
 
 
 
Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

12.   Any shareholder attending the Annual General Meeting has 
the right to ask questions. The Company must cause to be 
answered any such question relating to the business being 
dealt with at the meeting but no such answer need be given if: 
(a) to do so would interfere unduly with the preparation for the 
meeting or involve the disclosure of confidential information; 
(b) the answer has already been given on a website in the 
form of an answer to a question; or (c) it is undesirable in the 
interests of the Company or the good order of the meeting that 
the question be answered.

13.   You may not use any electronic address (within the meaning of 
Section 333(4) of the Companies Act 2006) provided in either 
this Notice or any related documents (including the form of 
proxy) to communicate with the Company for any purposes 
other than those expressly stated.

14.  Copies of all service agreements or letters of appointment 
under which the directors of the Company are employed or 
engaged by the Company will be available for inspection at the 
Company’s registered office during normal working hours on 
any week day (Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays excepted) 
from the date of this notice until the date of the Annual General 
Meeting and at the place of the Annual General Meeting for 
15 minutes prior to and during the meeting.

EXPLANATION OF RESOLUTIONS
Resolution 10 – authority to allot shares

At the last annual general meeting of the Company held on 
27 May 2021, the directors were given authority to allot ordinary 
shares in the capital of the Company up to a maximum nominal 
amount of £2,094,233.75 representing approximately one third of 
the Company’s then issued ordinary share capital.

The directors consider it appropriate that a further authority be 
granted to allot ordinary shares in the capital of the Company up 
to a maximum nominal amount of £2,277,901.10 representing 
approximately one third of the Company’s issued ordinary share 
capital as at 14 March 2022 (the latest practicable date before 
publication of this document) during the shorter of the period up 
to the conclusion of the next annual general meeting in 2023 or 
15 months. 

As at the date of this notice the Company does not hold any 
ordinary shares in the capital of the Company in treasury.

Resolution 11 – disapplication of statutory pre-emption 
rights

Resolution 11 will empower the directors to allot ordinary shares in 
the capital of the Company for cash on a non-pre-emptive basis:

15.   Biographical details of each director who is being proposed for 
re-appointment or re-election by shareholders can be found by 
visiting the Company’s website www.restoreplc.com.

• 

• 

 in connection with a rights issue or other pro-rata offer to 
existing shareholders; and

 (otherwise than in connection with a rights issue or other pro-
rata offer to existing shareholders) up to a maximum nominal 
value of £341,685.15, representing approximately 5 per cent of 
the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 14 March 
2022 (the latest practicable date before publication of this 
document).  

Resolution 12 – disapplication of statutory pre-emption 
rights to finance an acquisition or other capital investment

In addition to the powers granted by Resolution 11, Resolution 12 
will empower the directors to allot ordinary shares in the capital of 
the Company for cash on a non-pre-emptive basis:

• 

• 

 up to a maximum nominal value of £341,685.15, representing 
approximately 5 per cent of the issued ordinary share capital of 
the Company as at 14 March 2022 (the latest practicable date 
before publication of this document); and 

 used only for the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if such 
financing occurs within six months of the original transaction) a 
transaction which the directors determine to be an acquisition 
or other capital investment of a kind contemplated by the 
Statement of Principles of Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most 
recently published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the date 
of this notice.

The rights of pre-emption disapplication sought pursuant to 
Resolutions 11 and 12 represent, in aggregate, approximately 
10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company as at 
14 March 2022. This aggregate percentage is the same authority as 
sought at the last annual general meeting of the Company held on 
27 May 2021.  

120

Restore plc Annual Report 2021OTHER INFORMATIONResolution 13 – authority to make market purchases of 
own shares

Resolution 13 gives the Company authority to buy back its own 
ordinary shares in the market as permitted by the Companies 
Act 2006. The authority limits the number of shares that could 
be purchased to a maximum of 13,667,406 (representing 
approximately 10 per cent. of the Company’s issued ordinary share 
capital as at 14 March 2022 (the latest practicable date before 
publication of this document)), and sets minimum and maximum 
prices. This authority will expire at the conclusion of the next annual 
general meeting or, if earlier, 15 months after the resolution is 
passed. 

The directors have no present intention of exercising the authority 
to purchase the Company’s ordinary shares but will keep the 
matter under review, taking into account the financial resources 
of the Company, the Company’s share price and future funding 
opportunities. The authority will be exercised only if the directors 
believe that to do so would be in the best interest of shareholders 
generally.

Companies purchasing their own shares are allowed to hold them 
in treasury as an alternative to cancelling them. No dividends are 
paid on shares whilst held in treasury and no voting rights attach to 
treasury shares.

121

Restore plc Annual Report 2021OTHER INFORMATIONOfficers and advisers

Company Secretary 
Sarah Waudby

Registered Number and Office
05169780
The Databank
Unit 5 Redhill Distribution Centre 
Salbrook Road
Redhill
Surrey, RH1 5DY

Nominated Adviser & Broker

Peel Hunt LLP
Moor House 
120 London Wall
London, EC2Y 5ET

Public Relations

Buchanan Communications Limited
107 Cheapside 
London, EC2V 6DN

Investor Relations Consultants

RMS Partners
160 Fleet Street 
London, EC4A 2DQ

Independent Auditor

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
1 Embankment Place 
London, WC2N 6RH

Financial and Tax Advisers

KPMG
15 Canada Square 
Canary Wharf 
London, E14 5GL

Trading record
Year ended 31 December

Revenue

Adjusted profit before taxation*

Adjusted earnings per share*

Net debt

Net assets

Solicitors

Fieldfisher LLP
17th Floor
Spinningfields
Hardman Square
M3 3EB

Bankers

Barclays Bank PLC 
1 Churchill Place 
London, E14 5HP

National Westminster Bank plc
Floor 9
280 Bishopsgate 
London, EC2M 4RB

Bank of Ireland 
Bow Bells house 
1 Bread Street
London, EC4M 9BE

Clydesdale Bank plc 
40 St Vincent Place 
Glasgow, G1 2HL

Bank of China
1 Lothbury 
London, EC2R 7DB

Citibank
33 Canada Square 
London, E14 5LB

Registrars

Link Asset Services
Unit 10 Central Square 
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds, LS1 4DL

2021 
£’m

234.3

38.1

23.2p

100.8

265.2

2020 
£’m

182.7

23.2

15.0p

66.1

218.6

2019 
£’m

215.6

35.6

23.2p

88.5

218.5

2018** 
£’m

195.5

37.5

25.2p

111.3

216.0

2017** 
£’m

172.0

31.3

22.4p

78.2

155.9

*  Adjusted profit before taxation is stated before amortisation, impairment of intangible assets and investments, and exceptional items.
**  Excludes the impact of IFRS 16 and adjusted for share-based payments. 

Financial calendar

Annual General Meeting

Half year results
Financial year end

Full year results

Held in May

July
31 December

March

122

Restore plc Annual Report 2021OTHER INFORMATION 
The UK’s leading provider of integrated digital 

and information management and secure 

lifecycle services. 

Highlights  

Overview

Chair’s Introduction  

Our Business 

Our Approach 

Strong. Expansion 

Our Divisions 

Environmental, Social and Governance Strategy (ESG) 

Strategic report

Our Business Model and Strategy 

Chief Executive Officer’s Statement 

Chief Financial Officer’s Statement  

Risk Committee Report  

Governance

Board of Directors  

Governance Statement  

Audit Committee Report 

Directors’ Remuneration Report  

Directors’ Report  

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities  

Independent auditors’ report  

Financial statements

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income  

Consolidated statement of financial position  

Consolidated statement of changes in equity  

Consolidated statement of cash flows  

Notes to the Group financial statements  

Company statement of financial position  

Company statement of changes in equity  

Company statement of cash flows  

Company accounting policies  

Notes to the Company financial statements  

Other information

Notice of Annual General Meeting 

Officers and advisers  

Trading record 

Financial calendar  

Restore plc Annual Report 2021

1

2

5

6

7

9

14

18

24

28

31

44

47

49

52

56

58

59

66

67

68

69

70

99

100

101

102

103

117

122

122

122

For more information please see 

www.restoreplc.com

This report is printed on Revive 100 Offset.

The paper stock is manufactured from 
FSC Recycled 100% post-consumer waste pulp.

It is manufactured in accordance with 
ISO certified standards for environmental, 
quality and energy management and is 
Carbon Balanced.

CBP011524

Designed and printed by Perivan

Head Office

15/19 Cavendish Place

London, W1G 0QE

T:  020 7409 2420

E: 

info@restoreplc.com

W:  www.restoreplc.com

Restore Records Management

The Databank, Unit 1 Redhill Distribution Centre,  

Salbrook Road, Redhill, Surrey, RH1 5DY

T:  01293 446 270

E:  admin@restore.co.uk

W:  www.restore.co.uk/records

Restore Datashred

Unit Q1, Queen Elizabeth Distribution Centre,  

Purfleet, Essex, RM19 1NA

T:  0800 376 4422

E:  customerhub@restore.co.uk

W:  www.restore.co.uk/datashred

Restore Digital

EDM House, Village Way,  

Bilston, Wolverhampton, 

West Midlands, WV14 0UJ

T:  0333 043 5483

E: 

info@restoredigital.co.uk

W:  www.restore.co.uk/digital

Restore Harrow Green

2 Oriental Road, Silvertown,  

London, E16 2BZ

T:  0345 603 8774

E: 

info@harrowgreen.com

W:  www.harrowgreen.com

Restore Technology

Cardington Point, Telford Way,  

Bedford, MK42 0PQ

T:   01462 813 132

E:   technology@restore.co.uk

W:   www.restore.co.uk/technology

R

e

s

t

o

r

e

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

2

1

Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 2021